Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series More Rugged Advanced, Robust, and Easy types NEW Robust type Advanced type Easy type 2 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series Increase both durability and productivity The new cutting oil resistant Robust type is added Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series Fast set-up and high resistance to environmental changes Tough 1 Resistant to vib vibration Torsion Tor To orrsiio o on resistance re essisstaance Previous model Tough 2 5 time ti ss** times greate than greater th haan n previous previo ou uss model mo od deel Robust against eenvironmental o e ta cchanges a ges Up p to High Hi h power Operating range 20 m Tough 3 Reliable in dusty wash-down environments F3SG-RR IP67G F3SG-R F3SG-RA/REIP67 * Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017) | 3 A choice of products to suit your need Multiple versions available: finger, hand and arm protection Ideal for flexible manufacturing Multifunctional Advanced type >>p.4 F3SG-RA Quick and easy installation Stable operation and Easy adjustment Easy configuration and predictive maintenance maintenance For global use Even for environments where cutting oil is present Cutting oil resistant Robust type F3SG-RR >>p.10 NEW Four times longer* cutting oil resistance No dead space IP67G * Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017) Ideal for simple applications Simple Easy type F3SG-RE Simple functions Reduced wiring >>p.11 Fast response time: 5 ms STI is a trademark or registered trademark of OMRON Corporation in Japan and other countries. Microsoft product screen shot(s) reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation. The Bluetooth(R) word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Any use of such marks by Omron is under license. Other company names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. 4 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series Multifunctional Quick and easy installation Advanced type Intuitive and smart designs for fast set-up F3SG-RA TOP (top-beam-state indicator) Simple beam adjustment Simply watch for the top and bottom indicators to illuminate when adjustment is completed. The optional laser pointer and lamp can be used to reduce the time required to set up the light curtain. 1 F39-PTG Laser Pointer The TOP indicator turns ON when the top beam is unblocked Shows the sensor direction Sh F39-LP Lamp Turns Tu ON when safety output turns ON, ou making adjustment ma easier ea Also 2 The incident light levels of each beam can be checked with the Configuration Tool SD Manager2 The BTM indicator turns ON when the bottom beam is unblocked Fine beam adjustment Sufficient Green BTM (bottom-beam-state indicator) Insufficient Red * Image for illustration purpose only. Mounting brackets Four types of mounting brackets provide vertical or vertical and horizontal adjustment even after mounting, making beam adjustment easier. Standard fixed bracket Top/bottom adjustable bracket (sold separately) You can slide the F3SG-R up and down to make vertical adjustments afterr mounting on a safety fence. Use this bracket at the top p and bottom of the F3SG-R R to make horizontal adjustment of 22.5. Top/bottom adjustable bracket (for user-made mounting part) (sold separately) Standard adjustable bracket (sold separately) This bracket provides vertical as well as horizontal adjustment of 15. 15 The wall mounting bracket k ket is not provided so that you o ou can design your own wallll mounting part. 22.5 | 5 Optical synchronization - No sync lines required Optical synchronization eliminates the need of wiring for synchronization between the emitter and receiver. The resulting flexible wiring reduces disconnection risk and avoids noise sources. Optical synchronization Once synchronization is done, the emitter is starts synchronizing kept synchronized with the correspond- with the receiver while ing beam of the at least one beam is receiver. unblocked. Emitter beam of the emitter Receiver Emitter The top or bottom After sync Receiver Start-up High ambient light immunity Smartclick cable connection for fast set-up * No torque-control required: Click! the Smartclick connectors connect cables with just a 1/8th turn Insert fully of the M12 waterproof connector. 1/8th turn * Smartclick is a registered trademark of OMRON Corporation. Just a 1/8th turn to connect Simple wiring thanks to reduced wiring connectors Simple wiring makes installation faster. Fewer cables reduce disconnection risk and noise trouble. Previously Cables of the emitter and receiver Only one cable up to 100m 6 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series Multifunctional Stable operation and predictive maintenance Advanced type Visualization eliminates machine downtime F3SG-RA Data logging for quick troubleshooting The lamp mp notifies when the incident light level drops due to The error logs stored in the F3SG-RA can be downloaded dirt, which hich prevents sudden stops. to a PC that is connected with the F3SG-RA using the Light intensity The e lamp notifies low light intensity ensity dedicated interface unit. The Configuration Tool SD At a glance warning Manager2 can be used to analyze errors to identify causes and solutions. The data on light intensity, power-ON time, The lamp notifies when the light intensity drops near the threshold* and switching frequency can also be collected regularly for predictive maintenance. Configuration Tool SD Manager2 0 Time * The incident light level at which the lightt curtain turns OFF F39-LP Lamp Bluetooth(R) uetooth(R) allows to check status without thout stopping the line F39-BT/BTLP Bluetooth(R) Communication Unit The SD D Manager2 can be used to check the status of the safety light curtain wirelessly essly after pairing the safety light curtain with PC via Bluetooth(R), which reduces es maintenance time. Line A Wireless connectivity - Monitoring during operation - No possibility of blocking beams - No work required after completing checks - Monitoring from anywhere - Serial number to choose the right safety light curtain from many installed on lines Line B | 7 For global use Easy to deploy around the world PNP/NPN selection production and delivery Global pro The F3SG-RA is designed to be used in a variety of Omron enhanced the global production bases and local services world, conforming to international environments around the world d, co in Japan, China, United States, and Europe to deliver Omron standards. products quickly and reliably. Our sales network of approximately 150 offices in 40 countries and regions supports our customers. GB NPN Gl G ob oball PNP Inte t e rn te n at a io on na al S t an St nd da a rd d IEC PNP or NPN can be selected with the DIP switch. The same cables are used ISO T F3SG-R conforms to majorr The international in nternational standards including includ ding Chinese GB standards C Troublesh Troubleshooting in eight languages* languages You can find causes aand solutions of errors that occur during troubleshooting webpage in eight languages. operation on the trou Operators across the world can check the error details in their local languages, which will help them minimize time to troubleshoot. * English, Chinese, Italia Italian, Korean, French, German, Spanish, and Japanese Scan the QR code and go directly to the troubleshooting webpage Line Line A B Just 15 seconds to connect! Easy trouble shooting Select the status of the indicator 8 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series Easy adjustment Multifunctional Advanced Increase productivity by detecting workpieces correctly type F3SG-RA Muting The F3SG-RA provides the advanced Muting function that disables beams which detect the presence of a workpiece or the position of a machine or robot. Workpieces can go in and out of a danger zone without stopping the machine. Conventional Muting Muting secured safety, but the set-up was time consuming. [Installation/wiring/adjustment] Many wires . .Many accessories .Complex adjustment Time-consuming partial muting* setting for workpieces with various heights Incorrect muting due to a rotated and shifted workpiece Incorrect muting when a workpiece with holes (e.g., car body) passes at low speed Incorrect muting due to chattering in the muting signal when a workpiece is vibrating F3SG-R Two auto-configuration functions significantly reduce the adjustment time even under difficult conditions where failure is likely to occur. Adjustment time reduced by 80%* * Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017) Multiple-beam sensor technology for vibrating workpieces Automatic partial muting for workpieces with various heights Smart muting actuator F3W-MA Dynamic Muting The smart muting actuator extends the functions of the F3SG-R in When workpieces with various heights are conveyed on the same line, applications where a workpiece is vibrating forward and backward the dynamic muting function automatically sets the appropriate This prevents unexpected machine downtime and significantly beams, ms, based on the height of the object. reduces adjustment time. Smart muting actuator F3W-MA Automatic and flexible detection even under unstable conveying conditions Partial muting based on the detected workpiece height * Partial muting: A function that allows specified beams (e.g., beams blocked by a workpiece) to be disabled, keeping others active, even during muting. | 9 Easy configuration and maintenance Easy to use | Configuration Tool SD Manager2 Minimizing setting and detection errors The Configuration Tool SD Manager2 visualizes the installation positions and settings by logging the muting sensor operating conditions of the F3SG-R. It helps ensure reliable, first-time-right configuration. Muting u g statistics a information Visualization helps facilitate adjustment Muting time setting range Eval Evaluates settings using logg logged results Assumed range Examples of logging Low risk of intermittent stop, but not safe OK in a test run, but intermittent stop may occur during long-term operations Assumed range > Setting range OK, but big difference between assumed and setting ranges Test run result is out of setting range. Muting sequence error occurred Measured values > Setting range safer operation range From configuration and adjustment to maintenance The SD Manager2 helps you to make and change settings. Easy- tounderstand icons Examples Monitoring Incident/ambient light level monitoring Maintenance information I/O Setting Function Setting Auxiliary output/ lamp Fixed blanking Muting/override Monitor incident light levels Check error log and other data Change the settings assigned to each Set disabled beams manually Set disabled beams and time. of each beam for fine tuning required for maintenance output including lamp color and pattern or by teach-in Setting can be evaluated The Configuration Tool SD Manager2 is available to download from Omron website: http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool 10 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series NEW IP67G Cutting oil resistant Robust design for reliable use even in cutting oil environments Robust type F3SG-RR Four times longer* cutting oil resistance The F3SG-RR has the ability to protect from cutting oil (IP67G) for four times Service life longer than the previous model. Previous model F3SJ-A/B F3SG-RR * Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017) Unique construction No gaps Patented Cutting oil The optical surface is completely covered with rubber, and the metal parts placed on the rubber are compressed and deformed to seal tightly. This construction does not use double-sided tape that oil can penetrate, preventing cutting oil from getting inside. Cutting oil Completely blocked No dead space The F3SG-R perfectly fits to machines without wasting space. Thanks to the Cascade Connection function and perfect fit installation, you can series-connect light curtains to fit various protective heights, reducing inventories. The detection zone e joint completely covers the No dead space 25-mm dia. Example of 25 m mm detection capability *1. Up to three sets of F3SG-R (up to 255 beams in total) can be series-connected. *2. Protect cascading cables from cutting oil. | 11 Reduced wiring and fast response Simple Easy type F3SG-RE Simple ON/OFF detection Easy version for cost-efficiency Simple safety functions to reduce errors and save costs The Easy type inherits the robust but slim housing and Reduced to just 4 wires basic safety features of the Advanced type. Simple ON/OFF detection reduces errors, preventing Fastest response time of 5 ms productivity from dropping. Industry's fastest class* Easier to build safety circuits Fastest response time of 5 ms Only four wires are required for the minimum The Easy type that allows the distance between the configuration, which is as simple as wiring a light curtain and hazard source to be reduced is ideal photoelectric sensor. Simple connection with a safety for the use in a small machine. controller makes it easy to build a safety circuit. Emitter Receiver Y-Joint connector with 4 wires G9SE Power supply Also Use easy-to-obtain cables Commercially available M12 connector cables can be used as extension cables to build a safety circuit. * Omron survey as of March 2017 12 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series List of specifications and features Application Finger protection Hand and arm protection Advanced type Robust type F3SG-RA F3SG-RR Ideal for Ideal for flexible manufacturing environments where cutting oil is present * * * Body protection Specification 14-mm dia. 30-mm dia. 14-mm dia. 25-mm dia. 10 mm 20 mm 10 mm 20 mm Operating range 0.3 to 10 m 0.3 to 20 m 0.3 to 10 m 0.3 to 17 m Protective height 160 to 2,080 mm 190 to 2,510 mm Number of beams 15 to 207 8 to 124 Detection capability Beam gap Feature * 240 to 1,920 mm 23 to 191 12 to 96 PNP/NPN Selection External Test *1 *1 Interlock Pre-Reset External Device Monitoring (EDM) Auxiliary Output Muting Blanking Reduced Resolution Warning Zone Scan Code Selection Operating Range Selection - Response Time Adjustment Designated Beam Output Connection/ wiring Cascade Connection Reduced wiring Environmental resistance Degree of protection Accessory Lamp IP67 IP67,IP67G Page 16 (F3SG-RA-01TS : Page 93, F3SG-RA-02TS : Page 120*2) Page 44 Bluetooth communication unit SD Manager2 Laser pointer More information * * * * * * * * *1. Supports PNP/NPN by switching between 0 V and 24 V active. *2. The F3SG-RA-TS has different specifications. See the pages listed above for details. Setting by DIP Switch Setting by Configuration Tool Setting by Wiring Setting by End Cap/Key Cap | 13 More slim - F3SJ Series Easy type F3SG-RE F3SJ-E F3SJ-B F3SJ-A ** * Ideal for simple applications * Finger protection * * * 14-mm dia. 30-mm dia. 25-mm dia. 25-mm dia. 14/20/30/55-mm dia. 10 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm 9/15/25/50 mm 0.3 to 10 m 0.3 to 20 m 0.2 to 7 m 0.2 to 7 m 0.2 to 9 m *3 Operating range 160 to 2,080 mm 190 to 2,510 mm 185 to 1,105 mm 185 to 2,065 mm 245 to 2,495 mm *3 Protective height 15 to 207 8 to 124 8 to 54 8 to 102 - - - Hand and arm protection Body protection Detection capability Beam gap - PNP/NPN Selection Feature External Test - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Interlock - - Pre-Reset External Device Monitoring (EDM) - Auxiliary Output + / Muting Blanking - Reduced Resolution Warning Zone (Not required for wired synchronization) Scan Code Selection - - - - - - - - - - Cascade Connection - Reduced wiring IP67 IP65 IP65 - - - - - - - - - Page 73 Specification Varies depending on the beam gap *3 Number of beams - * Application * * Operating Range Selection - Response Time Adjustment Designated Beam Output IP65 * - SD Manager Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat. No. F074). * Connection/ wiring Degree of protection Environmental resistance Lamp Accessory Bluetooth communication unit SD Manager2 Laser pointer More information *3. Varies depending on the model. Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat. No. F074) or visit the Omron website for details of the F3SJ Series. For details F3SJ Search www.ia.omron.com/ 14 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series Flowchart for product section High functionality F3SG-R Series Advanced type Application F3SG-RA Finger/hand/arm protection Robust body without cover required YES * Possibility of accidental contact * Wash-down environment NO Muting/Blanking * Machine partially located in the detection zone * Distinguish workpieces from operators NO Exposed to cutting oil Cutting oil resistant YES F3SG-R Series NO High power required for stable YES * Dusty environment * Operating range 10 m YES Cutting oil resistance Quick and easy installation Stable operation and predictive mai For global use Easy adjustment Easy configuration and maintenance Robust type F3SG-RR * Four times longer cutting oil resistance * IP67G * No dead space NO Simple application START F3SG-R Series Easy type Application Leg/body protection YES F3SG-RE Blanking * Simple functions * Reduced wiring * Fast response time: 5 ms Machine partially located in the detection zone YES NO F3SJ Series EASY type F3SJ-E NO Muting Simple wiring Distinguish workpieces from operators YES NO Reduced wiring connectors for easy installation * Simple functions YES YES F3SJ Series BASIC type F3SJ-B Cutting oil resistance Exposed to cutting oil * Series-connection * Muting NO YES F3SJ Series ENVIRONMENT RESISTANT type F3SJ-B-02TS F3SJ Series ADVANCED type F3SJ-A * Series-connection * Up to 55 mm detection capability * Muting | 15 Protective height Specifications Detection capability 14-mm dia./30-mm dia. Brackets Cable Accessories (sold separately) Connector Accessory Single/double-ended connector cable Standard andard fixed brac bracket Cascading cable Beam gap Reduced wiring connector 10 mm/20 mm Laser pointer Operating range ntenance e 14-mm dia. 160 to 2,080 mm 0.3 to 10 m/ 0.3 to 20 m (15 to 207 beams) 30-mm dia. 190 to 2,510 mm (8 to 124 beams) Sold separately Spatter protection cover Standard adjustable bracket Top/bottom adjustable bracket Top/bottom adjustable bracket (for user-made mounting part) Lamp Bluetoothcommunication unit SD Manager2 * The F3SG-RA-TS has different specifications. See the following pages:F3SG-4RA-01TS: p. 93 F3SG-RA-02TS: p. 120 Detection capability 14-mm dia./25-mm dia. Beam gap 10 mm/20 mm Sold separately See p.1 p.16 for details. Connector Single/double-ended connector cable Free-Location Bracket (Intermediate Bracket) Top/bottom Bracket (3types) Cascading cable Reduced wiring connector Laser pointer Operating range 14-mm dia. 240 to 1,920 mm Lamp 0.3 to 10 m/ 0.3 to 17 m Bluetooth communication unit SD Manager2 (23 to 191 beams) 25-mm dia. 240 to 1,920 mm See p.4 p.44 for details. (12 to 96 beams) Detection capability 14-mm dia./30-mm dia. Connector Accessory Single/double-ended connector cable Standard fixed Bracket Reduced wiring connector Beam gap Laser pointer 10 mm/20 mm Operating range 14-mm dia. 160 to 2,080 mm 0.3 to 10 m/ 0.3 to 20 m (15 to 207 beams) Spatter protection cover Sold separately Standard adjustable bracket Top/bottom adjustable bracket Top/bottom adjustable bracket (for user-made mounting part) 30-mm dia. 190 to 2,510 mm See p.7 p.73 for details. (8 to 124 beams) Detection capability 25-mm dia. Beam gap 20 mm 25-mm dia. 185 to 1,105 mm Operating range 0.2 to 7 m Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat. No. F074) or visit the Omron website for details of the F3SJ Series. (8 to 54 beams) Detection capability 25-mm dia. Beam gap 20 mm Operating range 0.2 to 7 m 25-mm dia. 185 to 2,065 mm (8 to 102 beams) * ENVIRONMENT RESISTANT type Protective height: 225 to 1,985 mm Operating range: 0.2 to 6 m Detection capability www.ia.omron.com/ 14-mm dia. Beam gap 9 mm - 14-mm dia. 245 to 1,271 mm (26 to 140 beams) Operating range 0.2 to 9 m * When the minimum object resolution is 14 mm and the beam gap is 9 mm. F3SJ Search Safety Light Curtain Advanced type F3SG-RA Offers Both Durability and Reliability * Rugged and compact * New muting function to increase both productivity and safety * All models designed for global use. PNP/NPN selection by DIP switch * Conforming to major international standards including Chinese standard GB/T 4584 System Configuration Mounting bracket Accessory F39-LP Lamp F39-LGF Standard Fixed Bracket (included as standard) Accessory F39-BT Bluetooth Communication Unit F39-BTLP Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit F39-HGA@@@@ Spatter Protection Cover (for F3SG-RA) Emitter F39-PTG Laser Pointer Receiver Recommended safety controller * F39-JG@B Double-Ended Cable F39-LGA Standard Adjustable Bracket Emitter Up to three sets NX/NE1A-series Safety Network Controller F39-JGR2W Cascading Cable Receiver G9SP-series Safety Controller Accessory PC G9SE/G9SA-series Safety Relay Unit IF-U F39-GIF Interface Unit Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 G9SX-series Flexible Safety Unit F39-JG@B Double-Ended Cable F39-JG@A Single-Ended Cable or Accessory F39-LGTB F39-LGTB-1 Top/Bottom Adjustable T Bracket 16 F39-GCNY2 F39-JG@B-L F39-JG@A-D Reduced wiring connector system F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P Smart Muting Actuator Note: See p.147 for details. G7SA/G7S-E Relays with Forcibly Guided Contacts * The recommended safety controller is required to build a safety circuit using emergency stop switches and door switches. F3SG-RA Ordering Information Main Units Number of beams Protective height (mm) Hand and arm protection Model Number of beams Protective height (mm) Model 15 160 F3SG-4RA0160-14 8 190 F3SG-4RA0190-30 23 240 F3SG-4RA0240-14 12 270 F3SG-4RA0270-30 31 320 F3SG-4RA0320-14 16 350 F3SG-4RA0350-30 39 400 F3SG-4RA0400-14 20 430 F3SG-4RA0430-30 47 480 F3SG-4RA0480-14 24 510 F3SG-4RA0510-30 55 560 F3SG-4RA0560-14 28 590 F3SG-4RA0590-30 63 640 F3SG-4RA0640-14 32 670 F3SG-4RA0670-30 71 720 F3SG-4RA0720-14 36 750 F3SG-4RA0750-30 79 800 F3SG-4RA0800-14 40 830 F3SG-4RA0830-30 87 880 F3SG-4RA0880-14 44 910 F3SG-4RA0910-30 95 960 F3SG-4RA0960-14 48 990 F3SG-4RA0990-30 103 1040 F3SG-4RA1040-14 52 1070 F3SG-4RA1070-30 111 1120 F3SG-4RA1120-14 56 1150 F3SG-4RA1150-30 119 1200 F3SG-4RA1200-14 60 1230 F3SG-4RA1230-30 127 1280 F3SG-4RA1280-14 64 1310 F3SG-4RA1310-30 135 1360 F3SG-4RA1360-14 68 1390 F3SG-4RA1390-30 143 1440 F3SG-4RA1440-14 72 1470 F3SG-4RA1470-30 151 1520 F3SG-4RA1520-14 76 1550 F3SG-4RA1550-30 159 1600 F3SG-4RA1600-14 80 1630 F3SG-4RA1630-30 167 1680 F3SG-4RA1680-14 84 1710 F3SG-4RA1710-30 175 1760 F3SG-4RA1760-14 88 1790 F3SG-4RA1790-30 183 1840 F3SG-4RA1840-14 92 1870 F3SG-4RA1870-30 191 1920 F3SG-4RA1920-14 96 1950 F3SG-4RA1950-30 199 2000 F3SG-4RA2000-14 100 2030 F3SG-4RA2030-30 207 2080 F3SG-4RA2080-14 104 2110 F3SG-4RA2110-30 108 2190 F3SG-4RA2190-30 112 2270 F3SG-4RA2270-30 116 2350 F3SG-4RA2350-30 120 2430 F3SG-4RA2430-30 124 2510 F3SG-4RA2510-30 F3SG-RA Safety Light Curtain Finger protection 17 F3SG-RA Accessories (Sold separately) Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable * Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Model F39-JG3A-L 3m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 7m For emitter M12 connector (5-pin), 5 wires Color: Gray 1 2 10 m 5 4 3 15 m 1 2 3 4 5 +24 VDC TEST 0 VDC Not used Not used F39-JG7A-L Brown Black Blue White Yellow F39-JG10A-L F39-JG15A-L Female F39-JG20A-L 20 m 3m 7m For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), 8 wires Color: Black F39-JG3A-D Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 2 1 7 10 m 6 15 m 3 8 5 4 Female 20 m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Yellow Brown Gray Pink Black White Blue Red RESET +24 VDC MUTE A MUTE B OSSD 1 OSSD 2 0 VDC AUX F39-JG7A-D F39-JG10A-D F39-JG15A-D F39-JG20A-D * A set of two Single-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available. Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@A) Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JG@B Double-Ended Cable. Double-Ended Cable * For cable extension and simple wiring Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Model F39-JGR5B-L 0.5 m 1m For emitter M12 connector (5-pin) on both ends Color: Gray 3m 5m 7m 10 m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 1 2 5 4 3 1 3 2 4 5 Female Brown Blue Black White Yellow Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable 1 3 2 4 5 Brown Blue Black White Yellow 2 1 5 3 4 F39-JG3B-L F39-JG5B-L F39-JG7B-L F39-JG10B-L Male F39-JG15B-L 15 m 20 m F39-JG20B-L 0.5 m F39-JGR5B-D 1m For receiver M12 connector (8-pin) on both ends Color: Black F39-JG1B-L Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 3m 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 2 1 7 3 8 6 4 5 Female 2 7 5 6 1 8 3 4 Brown Blue Black White Yellow Red Gray Pink Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable 2 7 5 6 1 8 3 4 Brown Blue Black White Yellow Red Gray Pink F39-JG1B-D F39-JG3B-D 1 2 3 8 4 7 6 5 Male F39-JG5B-D F39-JG7B-D F39-JG10B-D F39-JG15B-D 20 m F39-JG20B-D * A set of two Double-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available. Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@B) Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JG@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JG@A Single-Ended Cable. To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable. Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JG20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JG10A (10 m) cable. <Connection example> Emitter Cable is gray F39-JG@B-L (Gray) Double-Ended Cable F39-JG@B Receiver 18 Cable is black F39-JG@B-D (Black) F39-JG@A-L (Gray) Single-Ended Cable F39-JG@A F39-JG@A-D (Black) F3SG-RA Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for F3SG-4RA@@@@-14/-4RA@@@@-30 For reduced wiring Type Cable length Specifications F3SG-RA Emitter M12 connectors. Used for reduced wiring. 0.5 m Model F3SG-RA Receiver Y-Joint Plug/ Socket Connector for Advanced type F39-GCNY2 F3SG-RA Appearance F39-GCNY2 Double-Ended Cable F39-JG@B-L (Gray) * Single-Ended Cable F39-JG@A-D (Black) * * Order the cable for emitter (end of model: -L) and the cable for receiver (end of model: -D). Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, for emitter and receiver) Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Secondary sensor 1 (Emitter) Emitter cable: Cap (5-pin), M12 connector (5-pin) Receiver cable: Cap (8-pin), M12 connector (8-pin) Model Secondary sensor 1 (Receiver) Cascading Cable F39-JGR2W 0.2 m Primary sensor (Emitter) F39-JGR2W Primary sensor (Receiver) Cable F39-JG@@@-L Cable F39-JG@@@-D Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JG10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors. Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2W) and power cable) <Connection example> Remove the cap Cable is gray Emitter Emitter F39-JG@B-L (Gray) Double-Ended Cable F39-JG@B Receiver Cable is gray Cascading Cable F39-JGR2W F39-JG@B-D (Black) Receiver Cable is black Cable is black Remove the cap 19 F3SG-RA Sensor Mounting Brackets Appearance Specification Application Model Standard Fixed Bracket Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (This is included as a standard accessory with the product. It comes as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number of sets provided with each model.) F39-LGF Standard Adjustable Bracket Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle adjustment range is 15. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number of sets required for each model.) F39-LGA Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket *2 Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the F3SG-R. Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle adjustment range is 22.5. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.) F39-LGTB Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket *2 (For user-made mounting part) Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to mount to the wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part to suit the machine. (Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.) F39-LGTB-1 *1. [for F3SG-4RA@@@@-14] - Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets [for F3SG-4RA@@@@-30] - Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets, Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets, Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets *2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket. Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets F3SG-4RA@@@@-14: Protective height of 1040 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)). Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). Protective height of 2000 to 2080: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). F3SG-4RA@@@@-30: Protective height of 1070 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)). Protective height of 1150 to 1950: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). Protective height of 2030 to 2510: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). 20 F3SG-RA Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 Appearance Type To change the settings of the F3SG-RA using SD Manager 2, it is necessary to set the receiver's two DIP switches No. 8 to ON. Model - F3SG-RA SD Manager 2 Specifications The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is available to download from our website at http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool. F39-GIF interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA receiver to a USB port of the PC Interface Unit Bluetooth Communication Unit Accessories: 0.3-m Dedicated Cable 1 (1), 2-m Dedicated Cable 2 (1), Instruction Manual F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the F3SG-RA F39-GIF F39-BT IP67 rated when mated. Lamp Appearance Type Lamp Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit Specifications Model The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON based on the operation of F3SG-RA/RR. F39-LP The lamp can indicate red, orange, and green colors, to which three different states can be assigned. IP67 rated when mated. F39-BTLP End Cap Appearance Specifications Housing color: Black For both emitter and receiver (Attached to the F3SG-RA. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.) Model F39-CNM IP67 rated when mated. Laser Pointer for F3SG-R Appearance Specifications Model The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse adjustment of beams. F39-PTG 21 F3SG-RA Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) Spatter Protection Covers include mounting brackets. For Safety Light Curtain models of the protective height of 2,000 mm or longer, use two Spatter Protection Covers of different lengths. Safety Light Curtain Model Appearance Model Finger protection Hand and arm protection F3SG-4RA0160-14 F3SG-4RA0190-30 F39-HGA0200 F3SG-4RA0240-14 F3SG-4RA0270-30 F39-HGA0280 F3SG-4RA0320-14 F3SG-4RA0350-30 F39-HGA0360 F3SG-4RA0400-14 F3SG-4RA0430-30 F39-HGA0440 F3SG-4RA0480-14 F3SG-4RA0510-30 F39-HGA0520 F3SG-4RA0560-14 F3SG-4RA0590-30 F39-HGA0600 F3SG-4RA0640-14 F3SG-4RA0670-30 F39-HGA0680 F3SG-4RA0720-14 F3SG-4RA0750-30 F39-HGA0760 F3SG-4RA0800-14 F3SG-4RA0830-30 F39-HGA0840 F3SG-4RA0880-14 F3SG-4RA0910-30 F39-HGA0920 F3SG-4RA0960-14 F3SG-4RA0990-30 F39-HGA1000 F3SG-4RA1040-14 F3SG-4RA1070-30 F39-HGA1080 F3SG-4RA1120-14 F3SG-4RA1150-30 F39-HGA1160 F3SG-4RA1200-14 F3SG-4RA1230-30 F39-HGA1240 F3SG-4RA1280-14 F3SG-4RA1310-30 F39-HGA1320 F3SG-4RA1360-14 F3SG-4RA1390-30 F39-HGA1400 F3SG-4RA1440-14 F3SG-4RA1470-30 F39-HGA1480 F3SG-4RA1520-14 F3SG-4RA1550-30 F39-HGA1560 F3SG-4RA1600-14 F3SG-4RA1630-30 F39-HGA1640 F3SG-4RA1680-14 F3SG-4RA1710-30 F39-HGA1720 F3SG-4RA1760-14 F3SG-4RA1790-30 F39-HGA1800 F3SG-4RA1840-14 F3SG-4RA1870-30 F39-HGA1880 F3SG-4RA1920-14 F3SG-4RA1950-30 F39-HGA1960 F3SG-4RA2000-14 F3SG-4RA2030-30 F3SG-4RA2080-14 F3SG-4RA2110-30 - - - - - F3SG-4RA2190-30 F3SG-4RA2270-30 F3SG-4RA2350-30 F3SG-4RA2430-30 F3SG-4RA2510-30 F39-HGA1480 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGA1560 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGA1640 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGA1720 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGA1800 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGA1880 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGA1960 F39-HGA0550 Note: 1. The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating. 2. The product extends over the DIP Switch cover of the Safety Light Curtain. Be sure to use the product only after all required settings are made to the DIP Switch. Test Rod Diameter 14 mm dia. 30 mm dia. 22 Model F39-TRD14 F39-TRD30 F3SG-RA Ratings and Specifications Main unit F3SG-4RA-14 F3SG-2RA-14 Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1) Type 4 F3SG-4RA-14/-30 Type 2 F3SG-2RA-14/-30 F3SG-4RA-30 F3SG-2RA-30 Object Resolution (Detection Capability) Opaque objects 14-mm dia. 30-mm dia. Beam Gap 10 mm 20 mm Number of Beams 15 to 207 8 to 124 Lens Size 5.2 x 3.4 (W x H) mm 7-mm dia. Protective Height 160 to 2080 mm (6.3 to 81.9 inch) 190 to 2510 mm (7.3 to 98.7 inch) Long 0.3 to 10.0 m (1 to 32 ft.) 0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.) Short 0.3 to 3.0 m (1 to 10 ft.) 0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.) ON to OFF Normal mode: 8 to 18 ms max. *1 Slow mode: 16 to 36 ms max. *1 *2 OFF to ON 40 to 90 ms max. *1 Operating Range Performance Response Time Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) (IEC 61496-2) F3SG-RA The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters. *1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection. Refer to page 25 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual (ManNo.: Z352) for cascaded connection. *2. Selectable by Configuration Tool. Type 4 2.5 max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater Type 2 5.0 max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm Startup Waiting Time 2 s max. Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC20% (ripple p-p 10% max.) Current Consumption Refer to page 25 . Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.) Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable extension), Capacitive load of 1 F max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1 Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2 Safety Outputs (OSSD) *1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger. *2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive load such as a capacitor. One PNP or NPN transistor output (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.) Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max . Auxiliary Output Output Operation Mode Safety Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.) Auxiliary Output Safety output (Inverted signal output:Enable) (default) (Cofigurable by Configuration Tool) ON Voltage TEST: 24 V Active: 9 V to Vs (sink current 3 mA max.) * 0 V Active: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.) MUTE A/B: PNP: Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 3 mA max.) * NPN: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.) RESET: PNP: Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 5 mA max.) * NPN: 0 to 3 V (source current 5 mA max.) OFF Voltage TEST: 24 V Active : 0 to 1.5 V or open 0 V Active : 9 V to Vs or open MUTE A/B, RESET: PNP: 0 to 1/2 Vs, or open * NPN: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open * Electrical Input Voltage * The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment. Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1) Indicators II Refer to page 27. Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection Insulation Resistance 20 M or higher (500 VDC megger) Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min) Mutual Interference Prevention (Scan Code) This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA systems. Cascade Connection Number of cascaded segments: 3 max. Total number of beams: 255 max. Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2W) and power cable) Test Function Self-test (at power-on, and during operation) External test (light emission stop function by test input) Safety-Related Functions Interlock External device monitoring (EDM) Pre-reset Fixed blanking/Floating blanking Reduced resolution Muting/Override Scan code selection PNP/NPN selection Response time adjustment Functional 23 F3SG-RA F3SG-4RA-14 F3SG-2RA-14 Ambient Temperature Ambient Humidity Environmental -10 to 55C (14 to 131F) (non-icing) Storage -25 to 70C (-13 to 158F) Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing) Storage 35% to 95% Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Degree of Protection (IEC 60529) IP65 and IP67 Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1) Pollution Degree 3 Power cable Connections Operating Cascading cable Extension cable - Single-Ended Cable - Double-Ended Cable Type of Connection M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated, Cables prewired to the sensors Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 Cable Length 0.3 m Cable Diameter 6 mm Minimum Bending Radius R5 mm Type of Connection M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 Cable Length 0.2 m Cable Diameter 6 mm Minimum Bending Radius R5 mm Type of Connection M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 Cable Length Refer to page 18. Cable Diameter 6.6 mm Minimum Bending Radius R36 mm Extension of Power Cable 100 m max. Material Housing: Aluminum alloy Cap: PBT resin Front window: Acrylic resin Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF): Zinc alloy FE plate: Stainless steel Weight Refer to page 25. Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Standard Fixed Bracket *, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker, Warning Zone Label * The quantity of Standard Fixed Brackets included varies depending on the protective height. [F3SG-RA-14] - Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets - Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets [F3SG-RA-30] - Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets - Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets - Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets Material Included Accessories Conforming standards Refer to page 26. Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1) Performance Level (PL)/Safety category Conformity Type 4 Type 4 PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015) Type 2 PL c/Category 2 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015) PFHD 1.1 x 10-8 (IEC 61508) Proof test interval TM Every 20 years (IEC 61508) SFF 99% (IEC 61508) HFT 1 (IEC 61508) Classification Type B (IEC 61508-2) Bluetooth Communication Unit Communication System Communication Profile Transmission Distance * It depends on use environment conditions. 24 F3SG-4RA-30 F3SG-2RA-30 Bluetooth Version 3.0 SPP (Serial Port Profile) Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) * F3SG-RA List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight F3SG-4RA-14/F3SG-2RA-14 F3SG-4RA0160-14 F3SG-4RA0240-14 F3SG-4RA0320-14 F3SG-4RA0400-14 F3SG-4RA0480-14 F3SG-4RA0560-14 F3SG-4RA0640-14 F3SG-4RA0720-14 F3SG-4RA0800-14 F3SG-4RA0880-14 F3SG-4RA0960-14 F3SG-4RA1040-14 F3SG-4RA1120-14 F3SG-4RA1200-14 F3SG-4RA1280-14 F3SG-4RA1360-14 F3SG-4RA1440-14 F3SG-4RA1520-14 F3SG-4RA1600-14 F3SG-4RA1680-14 F3SG-4RA1760-14 F3SG-4RA1840-14 F3SG-4RA1920-14 F3SG-4RA2000-14 F3SG-4RA2080-14 *1. *2. *3. *4. F3SG-2RA0160-14 F3SG-2RA0240-14 F3SG-2RA0320-14 F3SG-2RA0400-14 F3SG-2RA0480-14 F3SG-2RA0560-14 F3SG-2RA0640-14 F3SG-2RA0720-14 F3SG-2RA0800-14 F3SG-2RA0880-14 F3SG-2RA0960-14 F3SG-2RA1040-14 F3SG-2RA1120-14 F3SG-2RA1200-14 F3SG-2RA1280-14 F3SG-2RA1360-14 F3SG-2RA1440-14 F3SG-2RA1520-14 F3SG-2RA1600-14 F3SG-2RA1680-14 F3SG-2RA1760-14 F3SG-2RA1840-14 F3SG-2RA1920-14 F3SG-2RA2000-14 F3SG-2RA2080-14 Protective Height [mm] 15 23 31 39 47 55 63 71 79 87 95 103 111 119 127 135 143 151 159 167 175 183 191 199 207 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 Response Time [ms] *1 ON OFF *2 8 8 8 8 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 OFF (Synchronized) ON 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 OFF (Not synchronized) ON 140 140 140 140 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 Current Consumption [mA] Weight [kg] Emitter Receiver Net *3 40 45 55 60 50 55 60 65 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 95 85 90 90 95 100 100 105 105 110 75 75 75 80 80 80 85 85 90 90 90 95 95 100 100 105 105 105 110 110 115 115 120 120 125 Gross *4 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.7 4.9 5.1 5.3 5.5 5.7 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.9 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.4 5.7 6.0 6.4 6.7 7.0 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.2 8.5 8.8 9.2 9.5 F3SG-RA Model Number of Beams The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. F3SG-4RA-30/F3SG-2RA-30 Model F3SG-4RA0190-30 F3SG-4RA0270-30 F3SG-4RA0350-30 F3SG-4RA0430-30 F3SG-4RA0510-30 F3SG-4RA0590-30 F3SG-4RA0670-30 F3SG-4RA0750-30 F3SG-4RA0830-30 F3SG-4RA0910-30 F3SG-4RA0990-30 F3SG-4RA1070-30 F3SG-4RA1150-30 F3SG-4RA1230-30 F3SG-4RA1310-30 F3SG-4RA1390-30 F3SG-4RA1470-30 F3SG-4RA1550-30 F3SG-4RA1630-30 F3SG-4RA1710-30 F3SG-4RA1790-30 F3SG-4RA1870-30 F3SG-4RA1950-30 F3SG-4RA2030-30 F3SG-4RA2110-30 F3SG-4RA2190-30 F3SG-4RA2270-30 F3SG-4RA2350-30 F3SG-4RA2430-30 F3SG-4RA2510-30 *1. *2. *3. *4. F3SG-2RA0190-30 F3SG-2RA0270-30 F3SG-2RA0350-30 F3SG-2RA0430-30 F3SG-2RA0510-30 F3SG-2RA0590-30 F3SG-2RA0670-30 F3SG-2RA0750-30 F3SG-2RA0830-30 F3SG-2RA0910-30 F3SG-2RA0990-30 F3SG-2RA1070-30 F3SG-2RA1150-30 F3SG-2RA1230-30 F3SG-2RA1310-30 F3SG-2RA1390-30 F3SG-2RA1470-30 F3SG-2RA1550-30 F3SG-2RA1630-30 F3SG-2RA1710-30 F3SG-2RA1790-30 F3SG-2RA1870-30 F3SG-2RA1950-30 F3SG-2RA2030-30 F3SG-2RA2110-30 F3SG-2RA2190-30 F3SG-2RA2270-30 F3SG-2RA2350-30 F3SG-2RA2430-30 F3SG-2RA2510-30 Number of Beams Protective Height [mm] 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 190 270 350 430 510 590 670 750 830 910 990 1070 1150 1230 1310 1390 1470 1550 1630 1710 1790 1870 1950 2030 2110 2190 2270 2350 2430 2510 Response Time [ms] *1 ON OFF *2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 OFF (Synchronized) ON 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 OFF (Not synchronized) ON 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 Current Consumption [mA] Weight [kg] Emitter Receiver Net *3 35 35 40 45 50 50 55 60 65 50 50 55 55 55 60 60 65 65 70 70 70 75 75 80 80 85 85 85 90 90 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 80 80 80 80 80 85 85 85 85 85 90 90 90 90 90 95 95 95 95 100 100 100 100 Gross *4 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.7 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.4 5.7 6.0 6.3 6.6 6.9 7.2 7.5 7.8 8.1 8.4 8.7 9.0 9.3 9.6 9.9 10.2 10.5 10.8 The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. 25 F3SG-RA Legislation and Standards 1. The F3SG-R does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the F3SG-R in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system must receive type approval. 2. The F3SG-R is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index Annex V, Item 2. 3. EC Declaration of Conformity OMRON declares that the F3SG-R is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC Directives: Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC EMC Directive2014/30/EU 4. Conforming Standards (1) European standards EN61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2) (2) International standards IEC61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for Type 2), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2) (3) JIS standards JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD) (4) North American standards UL61496-1(Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), UL61496-2(Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8 (5) Chinese standards GB/T 4584(Specification of active opto-electronic protective devices for presses) 5. Third-Party Certifications (1) TUV SUD * EC Type-Examination certificate: EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN 61496-2) * Certificate: Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4, and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2) (2) UL * UL Listing: Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8 (3) China National Casting and Forging Machines Quality Supervision and Inspection Center * Certificate: GB/T 4584 (Specification of active opto-electronic protective devices for presses) 6. Other Standards The F3SG-R is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following standards and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have any questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations in the location where the equipment is to be used. * European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046 * U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212 * U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217 * American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19 * American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06 * Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434 * SEMI Standards SEMI S2 * Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement * Chinese National Standards: GB17120, GB27607 26 F3SG-RA Indicator Emitter Name of Indicator Illuminated TEST Green - Operating range LONG Green Long range mode is selected Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error or Operating range selection setting error Power POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise Lockout LOCKOUT Red - Color Illuminated Blinking External Test is being performed F3SG-RA Color Test Lockout state due to error in emitter Receiver Name of Indicator Blue Blinking Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Cap error or Other sensor error Top-beam-state TOP The top beam is unblocked PNP/NPN mode NPN Green NPN mode is selected by DIP Switch - Response time SLOW Green Response Time Adjustment is enabled - Sequence error SEQ Yellow - Sequence error in Muting or Pre-reset mode Blanking, Warning Zone or Reduced Resolution is enabled Teach-in mode, or Blanking Monitoring error Blanking BLANK Green Configuration CFG Green Interlock INT-LK Yellow Interlock state Pre-reset mode External device monitoring EDM Green RESET input is in ON state * Lockout state due to EDM error Internal error INTERNAL Red - Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Lockout LOCKOUT Red - Lockout state due to error in receiver Stable-state STB Green Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold Green Safety output is in ON state ON/OFF ON/OFF Teach-in mode, zone measurement beng performed by Dynamic Muting, or Lockout state due to Parameter error or Cascading Configuration error - Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to ambient light or vibration - Red Safety output is in OFF state, or the sensor is in Setting state Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Synchronization between emitter and receiver is maintained Lockout state due to Communication error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise The bottom beam is unblocked Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error Communication COM Green Bottom-beam-state BTM Blue * The LED is illuminated when the EDM input is in ON state regardless of wiring with EDM used or unused. Interface Unit Main unit PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows) Operating system (OS) Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit) Communication port USB port x1 Ambient temperature Operating: -10 to 55C, Storage: -30 to 70C (non-icing and non-condensing) Ambient humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing) Lamp Item F39-LP Applicable Sensor F3SG-@RA/RR Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver) LED Light Color Red/Orange/Green Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensors power supply) Current Consumption 25 mA max. (shares sensors power supply.) Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55C, Storage: -25 to 70C Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm,20 sweeps for all 3 axes Shock Resistance 100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Degree of Protection IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG) Type of Connection Connectable to F3SG-RAs terminal connector Material Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT Weight 45 g (when packaged) 27 F3SG-RA Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram) Standalone F3SG-RA using PNP Outputs Standard Muting Mode/Exit-Only Muting Mode using PNP Outputs The following is the example of External Device Monitoring disabled, Auto Reset mode, PNP output and External Test in 24 V Active. DIP Switch settings *6 Function DIP-SW1 EDM Disabled (factory default setting) Receiver Auto Reset (factory default setting) PNP (factory default setting) Emitter DIP-SW2 2 ON 2 ON 3 ON 3 ON 4 ON 4 ON 7 ON 7 ON External Test: 24 V Active (factory default setting) 4 ON : Indicates a switch position. Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring. Emitter Receiver Wiring Example 24 VDC : Brown OSSD2 : White OSSD1 : Black AUX : Red MUTE B : Pink RESET : Yellow *1 0 VDC : Blue 24 VDC : Brown TEST : Black Not used : Yellow Not used : White 0 VDC : Blue MUTE A : Gray F39-JG@A-D F39-JG@A-L S2 *2 S1 +24 VDC Power Supply 0 VDC IN Muting Actuator *5 PLC *7 IN1 IN2 Safety Controller *3 *4 Functional Earth S1: Test Switch (Connect the line to 0 V if this switch is not required) S2: Lockout/Interlock Reset Switch, Override Switch or Override Cancel Switch Beam state *1.Also used as Override input line. *2.Make sure to connect an override cancel switch to the Reset line when using the override function. Otherwise the override state may not be released by the override cancel switch, resulting in serious injury. *3.Refer to page 30 for more information. *4.The safety controller and the F3SG-RA must share the power supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power supply. *5.Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information. *6.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch. *7.When connecting to the PLC, the output mode must be changed with the Configuration Tool according to your application. Unblocked Blocked Test Switch (S1) MUTE A MUTE B OSSD Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA in an environment where there may be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA be connected to functional earth. The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information. 28 F3SG-RA Standalone F3SG-RA using NPN Outputs The following is the example of External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset mode, NPN output and External Test in 0 V Active. DIP Switch settings *3 Function DIP-SW1 EDM Enabled Receiver Auto Reset (factory default setting) NPN Emitter DIP-SW2 2 ON 2 ON 3 ON 3 ON 4 ON 4 ON 7 ON 7 ON External Test: 0 V Active 4 F3SG-RA Standard Muting Mode/Exit-Only Muting Mode using NPN Outputs ON : Indicates a switch position. Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring. Emitter Receiver Wiring Example OSSD2 : White KM1 KM2 24 VDC : Brown OSSD1 : Black AUX : Red MUTE A : Gray RESET : Yellow *1 0 VDC : Blue 24 VDC : Brown TEST : Black Not used : Yellow Not used : White 0 VDC : Blue MUTE B : Pink F39-JG@A-D F39-JG@A-L KM1 KM2 +24 VDC Power Supply S3 S1 S4 S2 *2 S5 0 VDC KM1 KM2 S1: Test Switch (Connect the line to 24 V if this switch is not required) S2: Override Cancel Switch S3: Lockout/Interlock Reset Switch or Override Switch S4, S5: Muting sensor KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA) or magnetic contactor M: Motor Beam state M IN PLC *4 *1.Also used as Override input line. *2.Make sure to connect an override cancel switch to the Reset line when using the override function. Otherwise the override state may not be released by the override cancel switch, resulting in serious injury. *3.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch. *4.When connecting to the PLC, the output mode must be changed with the Configuration Tool according to your application. Unblocked Blocked Test Switch (S1) MUTE A MUTE B OSSD Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 28. 29 F3SG-RA Connectable Safety Control Units The F3SG-RA with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below. Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output) Safety Relay Units G9SA-301 G9SA-321-T@ G9SA-501 G9SB-200-B G9SB-200-D G9SB-301-B G9SB-301-D G9SE-201 G9SE-401 G9SE-221-T@ Flexible Safety Units G9SX-AD322-T G9SX-ADA222-T G9SX-BC202 G9SX-GS226-T15 Safety Controllers G9SP-N10S G9SP-N10D G9SP-N20S NE0A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU02 DST1-ID12SL-1 DST1-MD16SL-1 DST1-MRD08SL-1 NX-SIH400 NX-SID800 F3SP-T01 The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control unit listed in the table below. Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output) Safety Relay Units G9SA-301-P 30 F3SG-RA Input/Output Circuit Entire Circuit Diagram F3SG-RA The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA is shown below. The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers. PNP Output Indicator 1 Test Input Circuit Emitter Main Circuit 2 4 5 3 2 Receiver Main Circuit 2 Reset input circuit 1 Muting input circuit B 4 Muting input circuit A 3 6 +24 VDC Brown Black TEST White Not used Yellow Not used Blue Brown Yellow RESET Pink MUTE B Gray MUTE A White OSSD 2 Load 5 Black OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Load Indicator 8 Red AUX Load 7 Blue 0 VDC 31 F3SG-RA NPN Output Indicator 1 Test Input Circuit Emitter Main Circuit 2 4 5 3 2 +24 VDC Brown Black TEST White Not used Yellow Not used Blue Brown Yellow RESET Reset input circuit 1 Muting input circuit B 4 Muting input circuit A 3 Pink MUTE B Gray MUTE A White OSSD 2 Load Receiver Main Circuit 2 6 Load 5 Black OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Indicator Load 8 7 32 Red Blue AUX 0 VDC F3SG-RA Input Circuit Diagram by Function The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below. <Input circuit (Reset input, Muting inputs A/B)> <Input circuit (Test input)> +24 VDC +24 VDC 5V Short circuit current: 3 mA Emitter Main Circuit F3SG-RA PNP Output Short circuit current * Receiver Main Circuit 0 VDC 0 VDC NPN Output <Input circuit (Reset, Muting inputs A/B)> <Input circuit (Test input)> +24 VDC +24 VDC 5V Emitter Main Circuit Short circuit current: 3 mA 0 VDC Receiver Main Circuit Short circuit current * 0 VDC *Short circuit current: 5mA (Reset input), 3mA (Muting inputs A/B) 33 F3SG-RA Dimensions (Unit: mm) Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF) 50.35 Backside Mounting 40 35 2-M5 or M6 F P 24.85 150 max 2-M5 or M6 9.2 24.85 43 33 18 150 max 6.4 51 66 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) A F D C2 (Protective height for 14mm) C1 (Protective height for 30mm) A 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 150 max 150 max 35 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-RA-30 Series F3SG-RA-14 Series Dimension A C1+18 Dimension A C2+48 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F Protective height (C2) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F 0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max. 0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max. 1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max. 2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 34 F3SG-RA Side Mounting 50.35 F3SG-RA 40 35 2-M5 or M6 F A 6.4 51 51 66 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) F D C2 (Protective height for 14mm) C1 (Protective height for 30mm) A 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 150 max 150 max 35 P 43 33 18 150 max 150 max 2-M5 or M6 9.2 42.35 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-RA-30 Series F3SG-RA-14 Series Dimension A C1+18 Dimension A C2+48 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F Protective height (C2) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F 0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max. 0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max. 1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max. 2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 35 F3SG-RA Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA) 50.35 Backside Mounting 2-M5 or M6 F 24.85 150 max 2-M5 or M6 P 9.2 24.85 43 33 18 150 max 6.4 72 84 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) A F D C2 (Protective height for 14mm) C1 (Protective height for 30mm) A 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 150 max 35 150 max 48.6 35 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-RA-30 Series F3SG-RA-14 Series Dimension A C1+18 Dimension A C2+48 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F Protective height (C2) Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F 0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max. 0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max. 1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max. 2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 36 F3SG-RA Side Mounting 50.35 F3SG-RA 48.6 35 F A 150 max 2-M5 or M6 43 33 18 9.2 42.35 150 max P 6.4 72 72 84 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) F D C2 (Protective height for 14mm) C1 (Protective height for 30mm) A 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 2-M5 or M6 150 max 150 max 35 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-RA-30 Series F3SG-RA-14 Series Dimension A C1+18 Dimension A C2+48 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F Protective height (C2) Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F 0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max. 0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max. 1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max. 2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 37 F3SG-RA Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA) Dimensions when using the F3SG-RA Series except the F3SG-4RA0190-30 and F3SG-4RA0160-14 Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RA0190-30 and F3SG-4RA0160-14. Backside Mounting 2-M5 or M6 2-M8 4 4 38.5 35 25.75 26.5 23.2 48.6 8.2 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) 6.5 53.25 2-S3 Backside : 2-S3 40.8 4 35 9.2 72 72 H G D 6.4 G I H 84 72 S2.5 A Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) C1 (Protective height for 30 mm) F F 35 C2 (Protective height for 14 mm) 13.6 2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6 24.85 24.85 P 24.85 46.5 33.75 18 33 43 12 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M5 or M6> F3SG-RA-30 Series F3SG-RA-14 Series Dimension A C1+18 Dimension A C2+48 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension G C1+77.5 Dimension G C2+107.5 Dimension H C1+103 Dimension H C2+133 Dimension I C1+122 Dimension I C2+152 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height Number of Top/Bottom (C1) Adjustable Brackets 38 <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M8> Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F Protective height Number of Top/Bottom (C2) Adjustable Brackets Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F 0270 to 1070 2 0 - 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1150 to 1950 2 1 1000 mm max. 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. 2030 to 2510 2 2 1000 mm max. 2000 to 2080 2 2 1000 mm max. F3SG-RA Side Mounting F3SG-RA 2-S3 50.35 35 26.5 23.2 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) 2-M5 or M6 2-M8 6.5 4 4 38.5 25.75 8.2 51.65 Backside : 2-S3 40.8 D C2 (Protective height for 14 mm) C1 (Protective height for 30 mm) 43 33 18 F F 9.2 2-M5 or M6 72 G A 2-M5 or M6 H I H G 6.4 84 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) S2.5 F 35 35 72 9.6 P 42.35 46.5 33.75 12 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M5 or M6> F3SG-RA-30 Series <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M8> F3SG-RA-14 Series Dimension A C1+18 Dimension A C2+48 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension G C1+77.5 Dimension G C2+107.5 Dimension H C1+103 Dimension H C2+133 Dimension I C1+122 Dimension I C2+152 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height Number of Top/Bottom (C1) Adjustable Brackets Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F Protective height Number of Top/Bottom (C2) Adjustable Brackets Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F 0270 to 1070 2 0 - 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1150 to 1950 2 1 1000 mm max. 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. 2030 to 2510 2 2 1000 mm max. 2000 to 2080 2 2 1000 mm max. 39 F3SG-RA Accessories Sensor Mounting Brackets Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) (25.8) 66 (23.1) 8 9.2 32.1 36 6.4 Material: Zinc alloy 51 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately) 42 45.1 (34.5) (31.8) 8 9.2 32.9 84 6.4 Material: Zinc alloy ,Fluorochemical lubricant oil 72 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately) 31 26 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) 67 18 23.5 4 Screw (2) 161 Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 20 44 4 5 5 23.2 48.25 26.5 22.25 6.5 4 9.5 8.2 Top/Bottom Bracket (3) Screw(1) 35 40.8 40 Material: Stainless steel F3SG-RA Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JGA-L, sold separately) F3SG-RA L dia.14.9 40.7 Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm) M12 IP67 connector Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JGA-D, sold separately) L dia.14.9 40.7 Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm) M12 IP67 connector Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JG3A-L F39-JG3A-D F39-JG7A-L F39-JG7A-D 7 F39-JG10A-L F39-JG10A-D 10 F39-JG15A-L F39-JG15A-D 15 F39-JG20A-L F39-JG20A-D 20 3 Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-L, sold separately) L 44.7 dia.14.9 dia.14.9 40.7 M12 IP67 connector M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire (2-pair + 1) (Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm) Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-D, sold separately) L 44.7 dia.14.9 dia.14.9 40.7 M12 IP67 connector Emitter cable (Gray) M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JGR5B-L F39-JGR15B-D F39-JG1B-L F39-JG1B-D 1 F39-JG3B-L F39-JG3B-D 3 F39-JG5B-L F39-JG5B-D 5 F39-JG7B-L F39-JG7B-D 7 F39-JG10B-L F39-JG10B-D 10 F39-JG15B-L F39-JG15B-D 15 F39-JG20B-L F39-JG20B-D 20 0.5 41 F3SG-RA 24.2 Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2W-L, sold separately) 200 23.4 M12 IP67 Connector 5-pin 40.7 10 dia. 14.9 dia. 6 M2.5 screw Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm) Connector 24.2 Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2W-D, sold separately) M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin 200 M2.5 screw 40.7 10 dia. 14.9 dia. 6 23.4 Connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm) Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector (F39-GCNY2, sold separately) Plug marked with (bule circle): Connect to control panel side Socket marked with (white circle): Connect to emitter 15.0 17.7 45.5 . 35.0 CN2 To control panel side 4.6 dia 40.7 To receiver To emitter CN1 M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire 500 Material: PBT (Main body) Interface Unit (F39-GIF, sold separately) (625.7) (46) 67.9 (11.8) (12) (16) 35.8 Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia. Standard length: 0.5 m 300 54.4 5.4 dia. 23.3 17.5 dia. 30 10 58 2,000 4.6 dia. 7.7 17.5 dia. 14.5 11 42 M12 x 1 M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire F3SG-RA Spatter Protection Cover (F39-HGA, sold separately) Model Total length F39-HGA@@@@ @@@@+4 F39-HGA0550 558 Material: PC (Transparent cover) ABS (Side wall) Stainless steel (Bracket) Aluminum adhesive tape (Fixing sticker) 41.8 40 F3SG-RA Assembled dimensions Bluetooth Communication Unit (F39-BT, sold separately) Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit (F39-BTLP, sold separately) Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately) 35 35 30 30 35 35 35 16.5 28 35 2.4 2.4 Material: PBT Material: PC (Lighting element) PBT (Other body parts) Related Manuals ManNo. Z352 Model F3SG-@R@@@@@@@@ Manual name Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@R Series User's Manual 43 Safety Light Curtain Robust type F3SG-RR Enhanced Cutting Oil Resistance * Mechanical seal structure prevents cutting oil from getting inside * Special materials and cables significantly enhanced cutting oil resistance * Rugged and compact housing. Perfect fit installation * IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) rated System Configuration Mounting bracket Accessory *1 F39-LP Lamp F39-LGRA Free-Location Bracket (Intermediate Bracket) Emitter Accessory F39-BT Bluetooth Communication Unit F39-BTLP Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit F39-PTG Laser Pointer *1 Receiver Recommended safety controller *2 F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable *1 Emitter Up to three sets NX/NE1A-series Safety Network Controller F39-JGR2W Cascading Cable *1 Receiver G9SP-series Safety Controller Accessory *1 PC G9SE/G9SA-series Safety Relay Unit IF-U F39-LGRTB F39-LGRTB-2 F39-LGRTB-3 Top/Bottom Bracket F39-GIF-1 Configuration Tool Interface Unit *1 SD Manager 2 F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable *1 F39-JD@RA-L F39-JD@RA-D Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable) F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable *1 or G9SX-series Flexible Safety Unit G7SA/G7S-E Relays with Forcibly Guided Contacts Accessory F39-CN5 F39-JD@BA Reduced wiring connector system *1 44 *1. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. *2. The recommended safety controller is required to build a safety circuit using emergency stop switches and door switches. F3SG-RR Ordering Information Main Units Safety Light Curtain Finger protection Number of beams Protective height (mm) 23 240 31 320 39 Hand and arm protection Number of beams Protective height (mm) F3SG-4RR0240-14 12 240 F3SG-4RR0240-25 F3SG-4RR0320-14 16 320 F3SG-4RR0320-25 400 F3SG-4RR0400-14 20 400 F3SG-4RR0400-25 47 480 F3SG-4RR0480-14 24 480 F3SG-4RR0480-25 55 560 F3SG-4RR0560-14 28 560 F3SG-4RR0560-25 63 640 F3SG-4RR0640-14 32 640 F3SG-4RR0640-25 71 720 F3SG-4RR0720-14 36 720 F3SG-4RR0720-25 79 800 F3SG-4RR0800-14 40 800 F3SG-4RR0800-25 87 880 F3SG-4RR0880-14 44 880 F3SG-4RR0880-25 95 960 F3SG-4RR0960-14 48 960 F3SG-4RR0960-25 103 1040 F3SG-4RR1040-14 52 1040 F3SG-4RR1040-25 111 1120 F3SG-4RR1120-14 56 1120 F3SG-4RR1120-25 119 1200 F3SG-4RR1200-14 60 1200 F3SG-4RR1200-25 127 1280 F3SG-4RR1280-14 64 1280 F3SG-4RR1280-25 135 1360 F3SG-4RR1360-14 68 1360 F3SG-4RR1360-25 143 1440 F3SG-4RR1440-14 72 1440 F3SG-4RR1440-25 151 1520 F3SG-4RR1520-14 76 1520 F3SG-4RR1520-25 159 1600 F3SG-4RR1600-14 80 1600 F3SG-4RR1600-25 167 1680 F3SG-4RR1680-14 84 1680 F3SG-4RR1680-25 175 1760 F3SG-4RR1760-14 88 1760 F3SG-4RR1760-25 183 1840 F3SG-4RR1840-14 92 1840 F3SG-4RR1840-25 191 1920 F3SG-4RR1920-14 96 1920 F3SG-4RR1920-25 Model Model F3SG-RR 45 F3SG-RR Accessories (Sold separately) Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable) Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Model For emitter, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 3m 2 1 For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), 5 wires Color: Gray 7 3 8 6 4 5 Female 7m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - Brown Black - Gray Pink Blue - Not used +24 VDC TEST Not used Not used Not used 0 VDC Not used F39-JD3RA-L F39-JD7RA-L For receiver, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 2 1 7 3m For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), 8 wires Color: Black 3 8 6 4 5 Female 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 White Brown Black Yellow Gray Pink Blue Red OSSD 2 +24 VDC OSSD 1 AUX MUTE A /PC COM (+) MUTE B /PC COM (-) 0 VDC RESET/EDM F39-JD3RA-D IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated. * F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when this cable is correctly connected with the power cable of the F3SGRR. The degree of protection is not satisfied with the part where cable wires are uncovered. Note: To extend the cable length to more than 7 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable. When the Double-Ended Cable is used, protect it from cutting oil. 7m F39-JD7RA-D Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) * Appearance Cable length Specifications Model For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray 3m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 2 1 7 3 8 6 4 5 7m Female 1 White 2 Brown 3 Black 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red Shield Not used +24 VDC TEST Not used Not used Not used 0 VDC Not used For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black 10 m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 2 1 7 6 15 m 3 8 5 4 Female 20 m 1 White 2 Brown 3 Black 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red Shield OSSD 2 +24 VDC OSSD 1 AUX MUTE A /PC COM (+) MUTE B /PC COM (-) 0 VDC RESET/EDM IP67* rated when mated. F39-JD3A F39-JD7A F39-JD10A F39-JD15A F39-JD20A * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. * The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number when you order. Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D Note: 1. Use the F39-JD@RA-L/-D for applications where cutting oil resistance is required. 2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable. 46 F3SG-RR Double-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) * Appearance Cable length Specifications For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray 0.5 m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 1m 2 1 7 3 8 6 4 5 3m Female 5m Model F39-JDR5B Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield F39-JD1B 1 2 3 7 8 4 6 5 F39-JD3B Male F39-JD5B For receiver, M12 connector(8-pin) Color: Black Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 7m 7 6 3 8 5 4 Female 15 m 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield 1 2 3 4 F39-JD7B F39-JD10B 7 8 6 5 F39-JD15B Male IP67* rated when mated. * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. 20 m F3SG-RR 2 1 10 m Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable F39-JD20B * The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number when you order. Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@B-D Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable. To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable. Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable. <Connection example> Emitter Receiver Cable is gray Cable is black F39-JD@B-L (Gray) F39-JD@A-L (Gray) Double-Ended Cable F39-JD@B Single-Ended Cable F39-JD@A F39-JD@B-D (Black) F39-JD@A-D (Black) Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.) Reduced Wiring Connector Appearance Specifications F3SG-RR Emitter F3SG-RR Receiver Model IP67* rated when mated. * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. F39-CN5 Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following functions are not available. - Manual Reset - External Device Monitoring - Auxiliary Output Make sure to keep the settings in the factory default. F39-CN5 Reduced Wiring Connector F39-JD@B-L Double-Ended Cable (Gray) F39-JD@A-D Single-Ended Cable (Black) Cable for Reduce Wiring* (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) Appearance Cable length Specifications Remarks Model Emitter: 3 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L F39-JD0303BA Receiver: 3 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D Emitter: 3 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L F39-JD0307BA Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D Emitter: 3 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L F39-JD0310BA Receiver: 10 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Emitter: 5 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L IP67* rated F39-JD0503BA Receiver: 3 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D when mated. Emitter: 5 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L F39-JD0507BA * When the Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D accessory is Emitter: 5 m used, protect it Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L F39-JD0510BA Receiver: 10 m from cutting oil. Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1003BA Receiver: 3 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1007BA Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1010BA Receiver: 10 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative. * Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver. 47 F3SG-RR Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Secondary sensor 1 (Emitter) Model Secondary sensor 1 (Receiver) Cascading Cable F39-JGR2WTS Cap (8-pin), M12 connector (8-pin) 0.2 m Primary sensor (Emitter) Primary sensor (Receiver) Cable F39-JD@A-L F39-JGR2WTS Cable F39-JD@A-D IP67* rated when mated. * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors. Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable) Remove the cap Cable is gray Cable is gray Emitter Emitter F39-JD@B-L (Gray) Double-Ended Cable F39-JD@B Receiver Cascading Cable F39-JGR2WTS F39-JD@B-D (Black) Receiver Cable is black Cable is black Remove the cap Sensor Mounting Brackets Appearance Specifications Application Model Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle adjustment range is 15. Free-Location Bracket Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Intermediate Bracket) (Sold separately as a set of 2 brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number of sets required for each model.) F39-LGRA Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the F3SG-RR. Beam alignment after mounting possible. The Top/Bottom Bracket *2 angle adjustment range is 22.5. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.) F39-LGRTB Top/Bottom Bracket *2 The part of this bracket to contact with a wall surface has a different shape from the F39-LGRTB Top/Bottom Bracket. Use this bracket when replacing an existing safety light curtain with the F3SG-RR. (Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.) F39-LGRTB-2 Top/Bottom Bracket *2 Select a bracket that fit into the existing mounting hole. F39-LGRTB-3 *1. Protective height of 0240 to 1200 mm: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 1920 mm: 3 sets *2. Use the Top/Bottom Bracket in combination with the Intermediate Bracket. Protective height of 1040 or less: The Intermediate Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)). Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)) and 1 set of Intermediate Brackets (F39LGRA). 48 F3SG-RR Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 * Appearance Type SD Manager 2 Specifications The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is available to download from our website at http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool Model - F39-GIF-1 interface unit to connect the F3SG-RR receiver to a USB port of the PC Interface Unit F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the F3SG-RR F39-GIF-1 F3SG-RR Bluetooth Communication Unit Accessories: F39-CN1 Branch Connector (1), Connector Cap (1), 2-m Dedicated Cable (1), Instruction Manual F39-BT IP67 rated when mated. * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. Lamp * Appearance Type Lamp Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit Specifications Model The lamp unit can be connected to a receiver and turned ON based on the operation of F3SG-RA/RR. The lamp can indicate red, orange, and green colors, to which three different states can be assigned. F39-LP IP67 rated when mated. F39-BTLP * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. End Cap *1 *2 Appearance Specifications Housing color: Black For both emitter and receiver (Attached to the F3SG-RR. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.) Model F39-CNM IP67 rated when mated. *1. This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA. *2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. Laser Pointer for F3SG-R * Appearance Specifications Model The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse adjustment of beams. F39-PTG * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. Test Rod Diameter Model 14 mm dia. F39-TRD14 25 mm dia. F39-TRD25 49 F3SG-RR Ratings and Specifications Main unit The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters. Object Resolution (Detection Capability) Beam Gap Number of Beams Lens Size Protective Height Operating Range ON to OFF Performance Response Time OFF to ON F3SG-4RR-14 F3SG-4RR-25 Opaque objects 14-mm dia. 25-mm dia. 10 mm 20 mm 23 to 191 12 to 96 5.2 x 3.4 (W x H) mm 6.0 x 5.0 (W x H) mm 240 to 1920 mm 0.3 to 10.0 m 0.3 to 17.0 m Normal mode: 8 to 18 ms *1 Slow mode: 16 to 36 ms *1 *2 Normal mode: 40 to 90ms (synchronized), 140 to 190ms (not synchronized) *1 *1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection. Refer to page 52. *2. Selectable by Configuration Tool. Effective Aperture Angle 2.5 max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater (EAA) (IEC 61496-2) Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm Startup Waiting Time 2 s max. Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC20% (ripple p-p 10% max.) Current Consumption Refer to page 52 . Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs (PNP or NPN is selectable by Configuration Tool.) Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable extension), Capacitive load of 1 F max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1 Safety Outputs (OSSD) Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2 Electrical Functional 50 *1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger. *2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive load such as a capacitor. One PNP or NPN transistor output (PNP or NPN is selectable by Configuration Tool.) Auxiliary Output Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max . Safety Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.) Output Operation Safety output (Inverted signal output:Enable) (default) Mode Auxiliary Output (Cofigurable by Configuration Tool) PNP External device ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) * monitoring OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) * input NPN (Lockout ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) reset input) OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) * PNP ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 3.0 mA) * Muting OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 5.0 mA) * input A/B NPN Input Voltage ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 5.0 mA) OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 3.0 mA) * 24 V Active setting: ON voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) * OFF voltage: 0 V to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA) Test input 0 V Active setting: ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA) OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) * * The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment. Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1) II Indicators Refer to page 54. Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection Insulation Resistance 20 M or higher (500 VDC megger) Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min) Mutual Interference Prevention This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RR systems. (Scan Code) Number of cascaded segments: 3 max. Total number of beams: 255 max. Cascade Connection Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable) Self-test (at power-on, and during operation) Test Function External test (light emission stop function by test input) Interlock External device monitoring (EDM) Pre-reset Fixed blanking/Floating blanking Safety-Related Functions Reduced resolution Muting/Override Scan code selection PNP/NPN selection Response time adjustment F3SG-RR Ambient Temperature Ambient Humidity Operating Storage Operating Storage Ambient Illuminance Environmental Degree of Protection (IEC 60529) Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1) Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Pollution Degree 3 Connections Number of Wires Cable Length Cable Diameter Minimum Bending Radius Type of Connection Number of Wires Cable Length Cable Diameter Minimum Bending Radius Type of Connection F39-JD@RA-@ Oil-Resistant cable - Single-Ended Cable Number of Wires Cable Length Cable Diameter Minimum Bending Radius Type of Connection Extension cable Number of Wires - Single-Ended Cable Length Cable (F39-JD@A) Cable Diameter - Double-Ended Cable (F39-JD@B) Minimum Bending Radius Extension of Power Cable Material Material Weight Included Accessories Conformity Conforming standards Performance Level (PL)/Safety category PFHD Proof test interval TM SFF HFT Classification M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors. IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) * rated when mated. *F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with an F39-JD@@RA-@ Oil-Resistant cable. Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 0.3 m 6 mm F3SG-RR Cascading cable F3SG-4RR-25 IEC 60529: IP65 and IP67, JIS C 0920 Annex 1: IP67G Type of Connection Power cable F3SG-4RR-14 -10 to 55C (14 to 131F) (non-icing) -25 to 70C (-13 to 158F) 35% to 85% (non-condensing) 35% to 95% Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface R36 mm M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated. Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 0.3 m 6 mm R5 mm M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors. IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated. * F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with the power cable. The degree of protection is not satisfied with the part where cable wires are uncovered. Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 Refer to page 46. 6 mm R36 mm M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated. Emitter: 8, Receiver: 8 Refer to page 46 and 47. 6.6 mm R36 mm 100 m max. (Emitter/Receiver) Housing: Aluminum alloy Cap: PBT resin Front window: Acrylic resin Cable: Fluororesin FE plate: Stainless steel Refer to page 52 . Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker, Warning Zone Label, End Cap (for switching External Test Input function) Refer to page 53. PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015) 1.1 x 10-8 (IEC 61508) Every 20 years (IEC 61508) 99% (IEC 61508) 1 (IEC 61508) Type B (IEC 61508-2) Bluetooth Communication Unit Communication System Communication Profile Transmission Distance Bluetooth Version 3.0 SPP (Serial Port Profile) Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) * * It depends on use environment conditions. 51 F3SG-RR List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 Number of Beams Protective Height [mm] (Overall length) F3SG-4RR0240-14 23 240 8 F3SG-4RR0320-14 31 320 8 F3SG-4RR0400-14 39 400 F3SG-4RR0480-14 47 F3SG-4RR0560-14 Model *1. *2. *3. *4. Current Consumption [mA] Response Time [ms] *1 OFF ON OFF *2 (Synchronized) ON Weight [kg] OFF (Not synchronized) ON Emitter Receiver Net *3 Gross *4 40 140 45 75 0.7 1.5 40 140 55 75 0.9 1.7 8 40 140 60 80 1.1 2.0 480 13 65 165 50 80 1.3 2.3 55 560 13 65 165 55 80 1.5 2.5 F3SG-4RR0640-14 63 640 13 65 165 60 85 1.7 2.8 F3SG-4RR0720-14 71 720 13 65 165 65 85 1.9 3.1 F3SG-4RR0800-14 79 800 13 65 165 65 90 2.1 3.4 F3SG-4RR0880-14 87 880 13 65 165 70 90 2.4 3.6 F3SG-4RR0960-14 95 960 13 65 165 75 90 2.6 3.9 F3SG-4RR1040-14 103 1040 13 65 165 80 95 2.8 4.2 F3SG-4RR1120-14 111 1120 13 65 165 85 95 3.0 4.4 F3SG-4RR1200-14 119 1200 13 65 165 90 100 3.2 4.7 F3SG-4RR1280-14 127 1280 13 65 165 95 100 3.4 5.0 F3SG-4RR1360-14 135 1360 13 65 165 95 105 3.6 5.3 F3SG-4RR1440-14 143 1440 18 90 190 85 105 3.8 5.5 F3SG-4RR1520-14 151 1520 18 90 190 90 105 4.0 5.8 F3SG-4RR1600-14 159 1600 18 90 190 90 110 4.2 6.1 F3SG-4RR1680-14 167 1680 18 90 190 95 110 4.4 6.3 F3SG-4RR1760-14 175 1760 18 90 190 100 115 4.6 6.6 F3SG-4RR1840-14 183 1840 18 90 190 100 115 4.8 6.9 F3SG-4RR1920-14 191 1920 18 90 190 105 120 5.0 7.2 The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 Number of Beams Protective Height [mm] (Overall length) F3SG-4RR0240-25 12 240 8 F3SG-4RR0320-25 16 320 8 F3SG-4RR0400-25 20 400 F3SG-4RR0480-25 24 F3SG-4RR0560-25 Model *1. *2. *3. *4. 52 Current Consumption [mA] Response Time [ms] *1 OFF ON OFF *2 (Synchronized) ON Weight [kg] OFF (Not synchronized) ON Emitter Receiver Net *3 Gross *4 40 140 35 75 0.7 1.6 40 140 40 75 0.9 1.9 8 40 140 45 75 1.1 2.1 480 8 40 140 50 75 1.3 2.4 28 560 8 40 140 50 75 1.5 2.7 F3SG-4RR0640-25 32 640 8 40 140 55 75 1.7 3.0 F3SG-4RR0720-25 36 720 8 40 140 60 80 1.9 3.2 F3SG-4RR0800-25 40 800 8 40 140 65 80 2.1 3.5 F3SG-4RR0880-25 44 880 13 65 165 50 80 2.3 3.8 F3SG-4RR0960-25 48 960 13 65 165 50 80 2.5 4.0 F3SG-4RR1040-25 52 1040 13 65 165 55 80 2.7 4.3 F3SG-4RR1120-25 56 1120 13 65 165 55 85 2.9 4.6 F3SG-4RR1200-25 60 1200 13 65 165 55 85 3.1 4.9 F3SG-4RR1280-25 64 1280 13 65 165 60 85 3.3 5.1 F3SG-4RR1360-25 68 1360 13 65 165 60 85 3.5 5.4 F3SG-4RR1440-25 72 1440 13 65 165 65 85 3.7 5.7 F3SG-4RR1520-25 76 1520 13 65 165 65 90 3.9 5.9 F3SG-4RR1600-25 80 1600 13 65 165 70 90 4.1 6.2 F3SG-4RR1680-25 84 1680 13 65 165 70 90 4.3 6.5 F3SG-4RR1760-25 88 1760 13 65 165 70 90 4.5 6.7 F3SG-4RR1840-25 92 1840 13 65 165 75 90 4.7 7.0 F3SG-4RR1920-25 96 1920 13 65 165 75 95 4.9 7.3 The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. F3SG-RR Legislation and Standards F3SG-RR 1. The F3SG-RR does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the F3SGRR in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system must receive type approval. 2. The F3SG-RR is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index Annex V, Item 2. 3. EC/EU Declaration of Conformity OMRON declares that the F3SG-RR is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC/EU Directives: Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC EMC Directive 2014/30/EU 4. Conforming Standards (1) European standards EN61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4) (2) International standards IEC61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4) (3) JIS standards JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 AOPD) (4) North American standards UL61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), UL61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8 5. Third-Party Certifications (1) TUV SUD * EC Type-Examination certificate: EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN 61496-2) * Certificate: Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4) (2) UL * UL Listing: Type 4 and ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8 6. Other Standards The F3SG-RR is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following standards and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have any questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations in the location where the equipment is to be used. * European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046 * U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212 * U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217 * American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19 * American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06 * Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434 * SEMI Standards SEMI S2 * Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement 53 F3SG-RR Indicator Emitter Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Green - Blinking Test TEST External Test is being performed Operating range LONG Green Always illuminated Lockout state due to Scan code setting error Power POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise Lockout LOCKOUT - Red Lockout state due to error in emitter Receiver Name of Indicator Top-beam-state Color Illuminated TOP Blue PNP/NPN mode NPN Green NPN mode is selected Response time SLOW Green Response Time Adjustment is enabled Sequence error SEQ Yellow Blanking BLANK Green Configuration CFG Green Interlock INT-LK Yellow Interlock state External device monitoring EDM Green RESET input is in ON state *1 Blinking Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Cap error or Other sensor error The top beam is unblocked - - - Sequence error in Muting or Pre-reset mode Blanking, Warning Zone or Reduced Resolution is enabled Blanking Monitoring error Zone measurement being performed by Dynamic Muting, or Lockout state due to Parameter error or Cascading Configuration error - Pre-reset mode *2 Lockout state due to EDM error Internal error INTERNAL Red - Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Lockout LOCKOUT Red - Lockout state due to error in receiver Green Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold ambient light or vibration Green Safety output is in ON state - Safety output is in OFF state Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Synchronization between emitter and receiver is maintained Lockout state due to Communication error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise The bottom beam is unblocked Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Scan code setting error Stable-state STB ON/OFF ON/OFF Communication COM Green Bottom-beam-state BTM Blue Red Note: TOP, CFG, LOCKOUT, STB and ON/OFF indicators are illuminated when the receiver of the F3SG-RR is in Setting mode. *1. The EDM indicator is illuminated when the EDM input is in the ON state regardless of the use of the EDM function. *2. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@RR Series User's Manual (ManNo.: Z383) for more information of blinking patterns. Interface Unit Main Unit PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows) Operating System (OS) Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit) Communication Port USB port x1 Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55C, Storage: -30 to 70C (non-icing and non-condensing) Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing) Lamp Item 54 F39-LP Applicable Sensor F3SG-@RA/RR Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver) LED Light Color Red/Green/Orange Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensor's power supply) Current Consumption 25 mA max. (shares sensor's power supply.) Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55C, Storage: -25 to 70C Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes Shock Resistance 100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Degree of Protection IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG) Type of Connection Connectable to F3SG-RA/RR's terminal connector Material Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT Weight 45 g (when packaged) F3SG-RR Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram) Standalone F3SG-RR using PNP Outputs Auto Reset Mode, EDM enabled and PNP Outputs The following is the example of Muting not used, External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset Mode, PNP outputs and External Test in 24 V Active (not used). Settings Function EDM Enabled (factory default setting) *1 Receiver Auto Reset (factory default setting) *1 Emitter External Test: 24 V Active (End Cap: Black) (factory default setting) PNP (factory default setting) *1 Emitter Receiver F3SG-RR Wiring Example F39-JD@@A-L *5 F39-JD@@A-D *5 MUTE B (Pink) MUTE A (Gray) AUX (Yellow) OSSD 2 (White) OSSD 1 (Black) RESET (Red) *3 +24 VDC (Brown) KM2 0 VDC (Blue) Not used (Yellow) *4 Not used (White) *4 Not used (Red) *4 Not used (Pink) Not used (Gray) TEST (Black) *2 +24 VDC (Brown) 0 VDC (Blue) KM1 M KM1 KM2 +24 VDC Power Supply 0 VDC KM1 KM2 Functional Earth Beam state Unblocked Blocked OSSD KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA) M: Motor *1.The functions are configurable with Configuration Tool. Refer to Safety Light Curtain Configuration Tool for Model F3SG (SD Manager 2) User's Manual for more information on setting the functions by the Configuration Tool. *2.Connect the line to 24 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is used. *3.Also used as EDM input line. Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact) to this line in series with the KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used. *4.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) does not have the red, white and yellow wires. *5.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V. Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RR in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RR in an environment where there may be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RR be connected to functional earth. The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-RR Series User's Manual for more information. 55 F3SG-RR Standalone F3SG-RR using NPN Outputs Auto Reset Mode, EDM enabled and NPN Outputs The following is the example of Muting not used, External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset Mode, NPN outputs and External Test in 0 V Active (not used). Settings Function EDM Enabled (factory default setting) *1 Receiver Auto Reset (factory default setting) *1 Emitter External Test: 0 V Active (End Cap: White) NPN *1 Emitter Receiver Wiring Example F39-JD@@A-D *5 KM1 MUTE B (Pink) MUTE A (Gray) AUX (Yellow) OSSD 2 (White) OSSD 1 (Black) RESET (Red) *3 +24 VDC (Brown) KM2 0 VDC (Blue) Not used (Yellow) *4 Not used (White) *4 Not used (Red) *4 Not used (Pink) Not used (Gray) TEST (Black) *2 +24 VDC (Brown) 0 VDC (Blue) F39-JD@@A-L *5 M KM1 KM2 +24 VDC Power Supply 0 VDC KM1 KM2 KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA) M: Motor Beam state Unblocked Blocked OSSD Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 55. 56 *1.The functions are configurable with Configuration Tool. Refer to Safety Light Curtain Configuration Tool for Model F3SG (SD Manager 2) User's Manual for more information on setting the functions by the Configuration Tool. *2.Connect the line to 0 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is used. *3.Also used as EDM input line. Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact) to this line in series with the KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used. *4.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) does not have the red, white and yellow wires. *5.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V. F3SG-RR Connectable Safety Control Units The F3SG-RR with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below. Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output) Safety Relay Units G9SX-AD322-T G9SX-ADA222-T G9SX-BC202 G9SX-GS226-T15 Safety Controllers G9SP-N10S G9SP-N10D G9SP-N20S NE0A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU02 DST1-ID12SL-1 DST1-MD16SL-1 DST1-MRD08SL-1 NX-SIH400 NX-SID800 F3SP-T01 The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below. F3SG-RR G9SA-301 G9SA-321-T@ G9SA-501 G9SB-200-B G9SB-200-D G9SB-301-B G9SB-301-D G9SE-201 G9SE-401 G9SE-221-T@ Flexible Safety Units Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output) Safety Relay Units G9SA-301-P 57 F3SG-RR Input/Output Circuit Entire Circuit Diagram The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RR is shown below. The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers. PNP Output White Not used Indicator +24 VDC Brown Test Input Circuit Emitter Main Circuit Black TEST Yellow Not used Gray Not used Pink Not used Blue Red Not used Brown EDM circuit Red Pink MUTE B /PC COM (-) * Gray MUTE A /PC COM (+) * Receiver Main Circuit 2 White OSSD 2 Load Black OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Load Yellow AUX Indicator Load Blue * This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit. 58 0 VDC F3SG-RR NPN Output White Not used Indicator +24 VDC Brown Test Input Circuit Emitter Main Circuit Black TEST Yellow Not used Pink F3SG-RR Gray Not used Not used Blue Red Not used Brown EDM circuit Red Pink RESET/EDM MUTE B / PC COM (-) * MUTE A / Gray PC COM (+) * Receiver Main Circuit 2 Load White OSSD 2 Load Black OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Load Yellow AUX Indicator Blue 0 VDC * This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit. 59 F3SG-RR Input Circuit Diagram by Function The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below. Test Input <0 V Active> <24 V Active> +24 VDC +24 VDC 5V 5V Short circuit current: Approx. 2.5 mA Emitter Main Circuit Emitter Main Circuit 0 VDC Short circuit current: Approx. 2.0 mA 0 VDC Reset/EDM <NPN Output> <PNP Output> +24 VDC Receiver Main Circuit Short circuit current: Approx. 6.5 mA +24 VDC Receiver Main Circuit Short circuit current: Approx. 8 mA 0 VDC 60 0 VDC F3SG-RR Dimensions (Unit: mm) Mounted with Free-Location Brackets (F39-LGRA) Backside Mounting 31.4 150 max. Free-Location Bracket (F39-LGRA) P F 3.95 150 max. 56.5 2-M5 or M6 10 150 max. 73 56.5 2-M4 C D F 6.3 26.3 3.95 F3SG-RR 2-M4 Free-Location Bracket (F39-LGRA) C (Protective height) 56.5 2-M5 or M6 150 max. (10) 46.35 38 50 <Screw: M5 or M6> Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D Dimension P C-20 F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10 F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20 Protective height (C) Number of Free-Location Brackets *1 Dimension F 0240 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1280 to 1920 3 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length). 61 F3SG-RR Side Mounting 31.4 38 150 max. Free-Location Bracket (F39-LGRA) 16.3 F D F 6.3 23.5 C 2-M4 Free-Location Bracket (F39-LGRA) C (Protective height) 56.5 2-M5 or M6 150 max. (10) 50 2-M5 or M6 150 max. 56.5 P 10 150 max. 73 56.5 2-M4 46.35 <Screw: M5 or M6> Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D Dimension P C-20 F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10 F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20 Protective height (C) Number of Free-Location Brackets *1 Dimension F 0240 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1280 to 1920 3 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length). 62 F3SG-RR Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) Backside Mounting 31.4 19 7.5 3 19 9 dia. 2-M8 4-M5 N1 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB) 5.5 (10) 38 Backside:2-M4 F F H C 56.5 C G 2-M5 or M6 56.5 D 2-M4 C (Protective height) G I H 2-M5 or M6 73 56.5 26.3 3.95 F3SG-RR Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) F 12 3.95 6.3 3.95 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB) 46.35 19 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5> <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M8> 50 2-M4 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+27.2+N1+N2 Dimension H C+38+N1+N2 Dimension I C+58+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 Dimension P Protective height (C) 0 to 13 F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10 F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20 Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * Dimension F 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 63 F3SG-RR Side Mounting 50 38 19.35 31.4 9 dia. 19 3 19 2-M8 (10) 4-M5 N1 5.5 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB) Backside:2-M4 4.15 6.3 4.15 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB) 19 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5> 46.35 2-M4 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+27.2+N1+N2 Dimension H C+38+N1+N2 Dimension I C+58+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 Dimension P 0 to 13 F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10 F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20 Protective height (C) Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. Dimension F * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 64 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M8> H C C G 2-M5 or M6 56.5 D 2-M4 C (Protective height) I H G 56.5 2-M5 or M6 56.5 16.3 4.15 73 F F F 31.4 F3SG-RR Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-2) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 3 32 20 5.5 9 dia. 2-M8 20 23.5 24.5 Backside Mounting 4-M5 2-M6 6.5 (10) 38 N1 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-2) Backside:2-M4 12 F F F 6.3 2-M4 3.95 I G C C H 2-M5 or M6 56.5 C(Protective height) D G I H J 73 56.5 2-M5 or M6 56.5 26.3 3.95 F3SG-RR 31.4 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 3.95 P 46.35 10 N2 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-2) 20 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5> <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M6 or M8> 50 2-M4 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+51+N1+N2 Dimension H C+54+N1+N2 Dimension I C+88+N1+N2 Dimension J C+106+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 Dimension P Protective height (C) 0 to 13 F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10 F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20 Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * Dimension F 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 65 F3SG-RR Side Mounting 50 38 19.35 32 3 20 9 dia. 2-M8 20 4-M5 2-M6 5.5 Backside:2-M4 31.4 F F F Top/Bottom Bracket F39-LGRTB-2 N1 24.5 23.5 (10) 6.5 I G 4.15 6.3 4.15 C H C 56.5 D C(Protective height) I J H G 2-M4 56.5 2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6 56.5 73 16.3 4.15 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-2) 20 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5> 46.35 2-M4 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+51+N1+N2 Dimension H C+54+N1+N2 Dimension I C+88+N1+N2 Dimension J C+106+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 Dimension P 0 to 13 F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10 F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20 Protective height (C) Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. Dimension F * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 66 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M6 or M8> F3SG-RR Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-3) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) Backside Mounting 4 8.2 6.5 35 26.5 23.2 2-M8 2-M5 or M6 (10) 38 N1 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3) Backside:2-M4 F F H C 3.95 6.3 3.95 56.5 C G 2-M5 or M6 56.5 D 2-M4 C (Protective height) G I H 2-M5 or M6 73 56.5 26.3 3.95 F3SG-RR F 31.4 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 46.35 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3) 19 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5 or M6> <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M8> 50 2-M4 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+39.5+N1+N2 Dimension H C+65+N1+N2 Dimension I C+84+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 Dimension P Protective height (C) 0 to 13 F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10 F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20 Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * Dimension F 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 67 F3SG-RR Side Mounting 50 38 19.35 35 8.2 6.5 26.5 4 23.2 2-M8 (10) 2-M5 or M6 N1 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3) Backside:2-M4 F H 4.15 6.3 4.15 C G 2-M5 or M6 C 56.5 D 2-M4 C (Protective height) I G H 2-M5 or M6 56.5 73 16.3 4.15 56.5 F F 31.4 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3) <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5 or M6> 46.95 2-M4 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+39.5+N1+N2 Dimension H C+65+N1+N2 Dimension I C+84+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 Dimension P 0 to 13 F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10 F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20 Protective height (C) Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. Dimension F * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 68 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M8> F3SG-RR Accessories Sensor Mounting Brackets Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB, sold separately) 15.3 12 9 4.8 24 10.8 15 30 26.7 Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 109 2-M4 6.3 13 29 5.5 56.5 73 6.3 13 3 46.65 7.5 9 dia. 19 31.4 10 15.4 26.5 38.5 12 Top/Bottom Bracket (3) F3SG-RR 26.3 43.7 2-M4 18 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) 9 Free-Location Bracket / Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA, sold separately) Material: Zinc alloy 56.5 2-M4 Material: Stainless steel 15 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 18 15 18 24 10.8 Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 2-M4 Top/Bottom Bracket (5) 6.5 8.2 26 27.5 Top/Bottom Bracket (4) 4 46.65 5.5 6.5 9 3 9 dia. 23.2 26.5 48.25 9.5 22.25 42 53 24.5 23.5 133 122 2-M4 9 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) 30 10.8 15.3 12 9 4.8 24 30 15.3 12 9 4.8 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3, sold separately) 9 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-2, sold separately) 20 2-M4 2-M4 Material: Stainless steel Material: Stainless steel 69 F3SG-RR Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-L, sold separately) L 14.9 dia. 40.7 M12 oil-resistant connector Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 5-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm) Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-D, sold separately) L 14.9 dia. 40.7 M12 oil-resistant connector Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 8-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm) Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JD3RA-L F39-JD3RA-D 3 F39-JD7RA-L F39-JD7RA-D 7 Receiver cable (Black) L (m) Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately) L 15 39.5 M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm) Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately) L 15 39.5 M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm) Emitter cable (Gray) F39-JD3A-L F39-JD3A-D F39-JD7A-L F39-JD7A-D 7 F39-JD10A-L F39-JD10A-D 10 F39-JD15A-L F39-JD15A-D 15 F39-JD20A-L F39-JD20A-D 20 Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately) 39.5 L 43 15 dia. 15 dia. M12 Body color: Black M12 IP67 connector 70 Body color: Black M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) / Insulator diameter: 1.15mm) 3 F3SG-RR Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately) 39.5 L 43 15 dia. 15 dia. M12 Body color: Black Body color: Black M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) / Insulator diameter: 1.15mm) M12 IP67 connector Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JDR5B-D F39-JD1B-L F39-JD1B-D 1 F39-JD3B-L F39-JD3B-D 3 F39-JD5B-L F39-JD5B-D 5 F39-JD7B-L F39-JD7B-D 7 F39-JD10B-L F39-JD10B-D 10 F39-JD15B-L F39-JD15B-D 15 F39-JD20B-L F39-JD20B-D 20 0.5 F3SG-RR F39-JDR5B-L Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5, sold separately) (52) 13.6 24.7 13.6 8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2) 12 4.5 dia. 10 32.1 17.7 18 24.2 Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately) 200 23.4 40.7 M12 IP67 connector 10 14.9 dia. 6 dia. M2.5 screw Connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2 (AWG26) / Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm) 24.2 Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately) 200 23.4 40.7 M12 IP67 connector Connector 14.9 dia. 10 6 dia. M2.5 screw Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2 (AWG26) / Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm) Set model name Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JGR2WTS F39-JGR2WTS-L F39-JGR2WTS-D 0.2 71 F3SG-RR Interface Unit (F39-GIF-1, sold separately) (625.7) (46) 67.9 (11.8) (12) (16) 35.8 Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia. Standard length: 0.5 m 13.6 (52) 24.7 13.6 8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2) 12 4.5 dia. 10 32.1 17.7 18 58 2,000 4.6 dia. 7.7 17.5 dia. 14.5 11 Bluetooth Communication Unit (F39-BT, sold separately) Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit (F39-BTLP, sold separately) Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately) 35 31.4 31.4 38 35 30 38 28 16.5 30 1.8 1.8 Material: PC (Lighting element) PBT (Other body parts) Material: PBT Related Manuals 72 ManNo. Model Z383 F3SG-@RR@@@@@@@@@@@@ Manual name Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@RR Series User's Manual Safety Light Curtain Easy type F3SG-RE Easy-to-use Safety Sensor Ideal for Simple On/Off Detection Applications * Provides simple safety functions - saving TCO by reducing errors * Simple wiring with only 4 wires * Fast response time of 5 ms F3SG-RE System Configuration Mounting bracket Accessory Emitter Receiver F39-HGB@@@@ Spatter Protection Cover (for F3SG-RE) F39-LGF Standard Fixed Bracket (included as standard) Recommended safety controller * F39-PTG Laser Pointer NX/NE1A-series Safety Network Controller F39-LGA Standard Adjustable Bracket G9SP-series Safety Controller XS5W-D421-@81-F Double-Ended Cable XS5F-D421-@80-F Single-Ended Cable or G9SE/G9SA-series Safety Relay Unit Accessory Emitter Receiver F39-GCNY1 XS5W-D421-@81-F XS5F-D421-@80-F Reduced wiring connector system F39-LGTB F39-LGTB-1 Top/Bottom Adjustable T Bracket G9SX-series Flexible Safety Unit G7SA/G7S-E Relays with Forcibly Guided Contacts F39-GCNY1 XS5W-D421-@81-F XS5F-D421-@80-F * The recommended safety controller is required to build a safety circuit using emergency stop switches and door switches. 73 F3SG-RE Ordering Information Main Units Safety Light Curtain Finger protection Number of beams Protective height (mm) 15 23 31 39 47 55 63 71 79 87 95 103 111 119 127 135 143 151 159 167 175 183 191 199 207 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1,040 1,120 1,200 1,280 1,360 1,440 1,520 1,600 1,680 1,760 1,840 1,920 2,000 2,080 Model PNP output F3SG-4RE0160P14 F3SG-4RE0240P14 F3SG-4RE0320P14 F3SG-4RE0400P14 F3SG-4RE0480P14 F3SG-4RE0560P14 F3SG-4RE0640P14 F3SG-4RE0720P14 F3SG-4RE0800P14 F3SG-4RE0880P14 F3SG-4RE0960P14 F3SG-4RE1040P14 F3SG-4RE1120P14 F3SG-4RE1200P14 F3SG-4RE1280P14 F3SG-4RE1360P14 F3SG-4RE1440P14 F3SG-4RE1520P14 F3SG-4RE1600P14 F3SG-4RE1680P14 F3SG-4RE1760P14 F3SG-4RE1840P14 F3SG-4RE1920P14 F3SG-4RE2000P14 F3SG-4RE2080P14 NPN output F3SG-4RE0160N14 F3SG-4RE0240N14 F3SG-4RE0320N14 F3SG-4RE0400N14 F3SG-4RE0480N14 F3SG-4RE0560N14 F3SG-4RE0640N14 F3SG-4RE0720N14 F3SG-4RE0800N14 F3SG-4RE0880N14 F3SG-4RE0960N14 F3SG-4RE1040N14 F3SG-4RE1120N14 F3SG-4RE1200N14 F3SG-4RE1280N14 F3SG-4RE1360N14 F3SG-4RE1440N14 F3SG-4RE1520N14 F3SG-4RE1600N14 F3SG-4RE1680N14 F3SG-4RE1760N14 F3SG-4RE1840N14 F3SG-4RE1920N14 F3SG-4RE2000N14 F3SG-4RE2080N14 Hand and arm protection 74 Number of beams Protective height (mm) 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 190 270 350 430 510 590 670 750 830 910 990 1,070 1,150 1,230 1,310 1,390 1,470 1,550 1,630 1,710 1,790 1,870 1,950 2,030 2,110 2,190 2,270 2,350 2,430 2,510 Model PNP F3SG-4RE0190P30 F3SG-4RE0270P30 F3SG-4RE0350P30 F3SG-4RE0430P30 F3SG-4RE0510P30 F3SG-4RE0590P30 F3SG-4RE0670P30 F3SG-4RE0750P30 F3SG-4RE0830P30 F3SG-4RE0910P30 F3SG-4RE0990P30 F3SG-4RE1070P30 F3SG-4RE1150P30 F3SG-4RE1230P30 F3SG-4RE1310P30 F3SG-4RE1390P30 F3SG-4RE1470P30 F3SG-4RE1550P30 F3SG-4RE1630P30 F3SG-4RE1710P30 F3SG-4RE1790P30 F3SG-4RE1870P30 F3SG-4RE1950P30 F3SG-4RE2030P30 F3SG-4RE2110P30 F3SG-4RE2190P30 F3SG-4RE2270P30 F3SG-4RE2350P30 F3SG-4RE2430P30 F3SG-4RE2510P30 NPN F3SG-4RE0190N30 F3SG-4RE0270N30 F3SG-4RE0350N30 F3SG-4RE0430N30 F3SG-4RE0510N30 F3SG-4RE0590N30 F3SG-4RE0670N30 F3SG-4RE0750N30 F3SG-4RE0830N30 F3SG-4RE0910N30 F3SG-4RE0990N30 F3SG-4RE1070N30 F3SG-4RE1150N30 F3SG-4RE1230N30 F3SG-4RE1310N30 F3SG-4RE1390N30 F3SG-4RE1470N30 F3SG-4RE1550N30 F3SG-4RE1630N30 F3SG-4RE1710N30 F3SG-4RE1790N30 F3SG-4RE1870N30 F3SG-4RE1950N30 F3SG-4RE2030N30 F3SG-4RE2110N30 F3SG-4RE2190N30 F3SG-4RE2270N30 F3SG-4RE2350N30 F3SG-4RE2430N30 F3SG-4RE2510N30 F3SG-RE Accessories (Sold separately) Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable (Round Water-resistant Connector: Connector Connected to Cable, Socket on One Cable End) Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Model 1m XS5F-D421-C80-F PIN Emitter Recelver Color 2m XS5F-D421-D80-F 2 Brown +24 VDC 1 +24 VDC 3m XS5F-D421-E80-F M12 connector White OSSD 2 2 Range setting 3 1 Blue 0 VDC 3 0 VDC (4-pin), 4 wires 5m XS5F-D421-G80-F 4 Black OSSD 1 4 Not used 10 m XS5F-D421-J80-F Female 20 m XS5F-D421-L80-F Note: 1. One cable that can be used for both emitter and receiver is provided. Order two cables for one set of safety light curtains. 2. To extend the cable length to 20 m or more, add the XS5W-D421-@81-F Double-Ended Cable. Double-Ended Cable (Round Water-resistant Connector: Connectors Connected to Cable, Socket and Plug on Cable Ends) For cable extension and simple wiring Appearance Type Emitter Double-Ended Cable XS5W-D421-@81-F F3SG-RE Cable length Specifications Model 1m XS5W-D421-C81-F 2m XS5W-D421-D81-F 1 1 Brown 1 Brown 2 M12 connector 4 2 White 2 White 3m XS5W-D421-E81-F 3 Blue 3 Blue (4-pin) on both 2 3 1 5m XS5W-D421-G81-F 4 Black 4 Black 4 ends 3 10 m XS5W-D421-J81-F Female Male 20 m XS5W-D421-L81-F Note: 1. One cable that can be used for both emitter and receiver is provided. Order two cables for one set of safety light curtains. 2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the XS5W-D421-@81-F Double-Ended Cable to the XS5F-D421-@80-F Single-Ended Cable. To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable. Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two XS5W-D421-L81-F (20 m) cables and one XS5F-D421-J80-F (10 m) cable. <Connection example> Single-Ended Cable XS5F-D421-@80-F Receiver Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Easy type F3SG-RE Appearance Type Cable length Specifications F3SG-RE Emitter M12 connectors. Used for reduced wiring. 0.5 m Y-Joint Plug/ Socket Connector for Easy type F39-GCNY1 Double-Ended Cable XS5W-D421-@81-F Model F3SG-RE Receiver F39-GCNY1 Single-Ended Cable XS5F-D421-@80-F When using the reduced wiring connector system F39-GCNY1, the Operating Range Selection is fixed to Long Mode. 75 F3SG-RE Sensor Mounting Brackets Appearance Specification Standard Fixed Bracket Standard Adjustable Bracket Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket *2 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket *2 (For user-made mounting part) Application Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (This is included as a standard accessory with the product. It comes as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number of sets provided with each model.) Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle adjustment range is 15. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number of sets required for each model.) Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the F3SG-R. Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle adjustment range is 22.5. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.) Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to mount to the wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part to suit the machine. (Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.) Model F39-LGF F39-LGA F39-LGTB F39-LGTB-1 *1. [for F3SG-4RE@@@@@14] Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets [for F3SG-4RE@@@@@30] Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets, Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets, Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets *2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket. Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets F3SG-4RE@@@@@14: Protective height of 1040 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)). Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). Protective height of 2000 to 2080: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). F3SG-4RE@@@@@30: Protective height of 1070 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)). Protective height of 1150 to 1950: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). Protective height of 2030 to 2510: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). Laser Pointer for F3SG-R Appearance Specifications The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse adjustment of beams. 76 Model F39-PTG F3SG-RE Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) Spatter Protection Covers include the mounting brackets. For Safety Light Curtain models of the protective height of 2,000 mm or longer, use two Spatter Protection Covers of different lengths. Safety Light Curtain Model Finger protection Hand and arm protection F3SG-4RE0160@14 F3SG-4RE0190@30 F3SG-4RE0240@14 F3SG-4RE0270@30 F3SG-4RE0320@14 F3SG-4RE0350@30 F3SG-4RE0400@14 F3SG-4RE0430@30 F3SG-4RE0480@14 F3SG-4RE0510@30 F3SG-4RE0560@14 F3SG-4RE0590@30 F3SG-4RE0640@14 F3SG-4RE0670@30 F3SG-4RE0720@14 F3SG-4RE0750@30 F3SG-4RE0800@14 F3SG-4RE0830@30 F3SG-4RE0880@14 F3SG-4RE0910@30 F3SG-4RE0960@14 F3SG-4RE0990@30 F3SG-4RE1040@14 F3SG-4RE1070@30 F3SG-4RE1120@14 F3SG-4RE1150@30 F3SG-4RE1200@14 F3SG-4RE1230@30 F3SG-4RE1280@14 F3SG-4RE1310@30 F3SG-4RE1360@14 F3SG-4RE1390@30 F3SG-4RE1440@14 F3SG-4RE1470@30 F3SG-4RE1520@14 F3SG-4RE1550@30 F3SG-4RE1600@14 F3SG-4RE1630@30 F3SG-4RE1680@14 F3SG-4RE1710@30 F3SG-4RE1790@30 F3SG-4RE1760@14 F3SG-4RE1840@14 F3SG-4RE1870@30 F3SG-4RE1920@14 F3SG-4RE1950@30 Appearance F3SG-4RE2030@30 F3SG-4RE2080@14 F3SG-4RE2110@30 - F3SG-4RE2190@30 - F3SG-4RE2270@30 - F3SG-4RE2350@30 - F3SG-4RE2430@30 - F3SG-4RE2510@30 F3SG-RE F3SG-4RE2000@14 Model F39-HGB0180 F39-HGB0260 F39-HGB0340 F39-HGB0420 F39-HGB0500 F39-HGB0580 F39-HGB0660 F39-HGB0740 F39-HGB0820 F39-HGB0900 F39-HGB0980 F39-HGB1060 F39-HGB1140 F39-HGB1220 F39-HGB1300 F39-HGB1380 F39-HGB1460 F39-HGB1540 F39-HGB1620 F39-HGB1700 F39-HGB1780 F39-HGB1860 F39-HGB1940 F39-HGB1460 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGB1540 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGB1620 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGB1700 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGB1780 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGB1860 F39-HGA0550 F39-HGB1940 F39-HGA0550 Note: The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating. Test Rod Diameter 14 mm dia. 30 mm dia. Model F39-TRD14 F39-TRD30 Ratings/Specifications Main unit The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters. Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1) Performance Type 4 F3SG-4RE@@@@-14, F3SG-2RE@@@@-14 F3SG-4RE@@@@@14/30 Type 2 F3SG-2RE@@@@@14/30 F3SG-4RE@@@@-30, F3SG-2RE@@@@-30 Object Resolution (Detection Capability) Opaque objects 14-mm dia. 30-mm dia. Beam Gap 10mm 20mm Number of Beams 15 to 207 8 to 124 Lens Size 5.2 x3.4 (WxH) mm 7-mm dia. Protective Height 160 to 2080 mm (6.3 to81.9 inch) 190 to 2510 mm (7.3 to98.7 inch) Long 0.3 to 10.0 m (1 to 32 ft.) 0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.) Short 0.3 to 3.0 m (1 to 10 ft.) 0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.) ON to OFF 5 to 15ms *1 OFF to ON 25 to 75ms *1 Operating Range Response Time *1.Response time when used in one segment system Refer to page 79. Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) (IEC61496-2) Type 4 2.5 max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater Type 2 5.0 max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater 77 F3SG-RE Performance Light Source F3SG-4RE@@@@-14, F3SG-2RE@@@@-14 Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm Startup Waiting Time 2 s max. Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC20% (ripple p-p 10% max.) Current Consumption F3SG-4RE@@@@-30, F3SG-2RE@@@@-30 Refer to page 79 F3SG-@RE@@@@P@@: Two PNP transistor outputs F3SG-@RE@@@@N@@: Two NPN transistor outputs Safety Outputs (OSSD) Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable extension), Capacitive load of 1 F max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1 Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2 *1.The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger. *2.These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive load such as a capacitor. Electricall Output Operation Mode Safety Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.) ON Voltage Input Voltage Operating Range Select Input: Long: 9 V to Vs (sink current 3 mA max.) * OFF Voltage Short: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.) * The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment. Overvoltage Category (IEC60664-1) II Indicators Functional Environmental Refer to page 80 Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection Insulation Resistance 20 M or higher (500 VDC megger) Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min) Test Function Self-test (at power-on, and during operation) Ambient Temperature Operating -10 to 55C (14 to 131F) (non-icing) Storage -25 to 70C (-13 to 158F) Ambient Humidity Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing) Storage 35% to 95% Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Degree of Protection (IEC 60529) IP65 and IP67 Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1) Power cable Connections Extension cable - Single-Ended Cable - Double-Ended Cable M12 connectors: 4-pin, IP67 rated when mated,Cables prewired to the sensors Number of Wires Emitter: 4, Receiver: 4 Cable Length 0.3 m Cable Diameter 6 mm Minimum Bending Radius R5 mm Type of Connection Number of Wires Cable Length Cable Diameter Extension of Power Cable 100 m max. Material Housing: Aluminum alloy Cap: PBT resin Front window: Acrylic resin Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF): Zinc alloy FE plate: Stainless steel Refer to page 79. Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Standard Fixed Bracket*1, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker Material Included Accessories Conforming standards Performance Level (PL)/Safety category 78 Use the XS5@-D42@ series cables. Minimum Bending Radius Weight Conformity Pollution Degree 3 Type of Connection *1.The quantity of Standard Fixed Brackets included varies depending on the protective height. [F3SG-@RE@@@@@14] - Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets - Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets [F3SG-@RE@@@@@30] - Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets - Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets - Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets Refer to page 26 Type 4 PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015) Type 2 PL c/Category 2 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015) PFHD 9.1 x 10-9 (IEC 61508) Proof test interval TM Every 20 years (IEC 61508) SFF 99% (IEC 61508) HFT 1 (IEC 61508) Classification Type B (IEC 61508-2) F3SG-RE List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight F3SG-@RE@@@@@-14 Number of Beams Protective Height [mm] F3SG-@RE0160@14 F3SG-@RE0240@14 F3SG-@RE0320@14 F3SG-@RE0400@14 F3SG-@RE0480@14 F3SG-@RE0560@14 F3SG-@RE0640@14 F3SG-@RE0720@14 F3SG-@RE0800@14 F3SG-@RE0880@14 F3SG-@RE0960@14 F3SG-@RE1040@14 F3SG-@RE1120@14 F3SG-@RE1200@14 F3SG-@RE1280@14 F3SG-@RE1360@14 F3SG-@RE1440@14 F3SG-@RE1520@14 F3SG-@RE1600@14 F3SG-@RE1680@14 F3SG-@RE1760@14 F3SG-@RE1840@14 F3SG-@RE1920@14 F3SG-@RE2000@14 F3SG-@RE2080@14 15 23 31 39 47 55 63 71 79 87 95 103 111 119 127 135 143 151 159 167 175 183 191 199 207 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 Response Time [ms] *1 Current Consumption [mA] OFF OFF ONOFF (Synchronized) (Not synchronized) Emitter Receiver ON ON 5 25 125 45 50 5 25 125 55 55 7 35 135 55 55 7 35 135 65 60 7 35 135 70 60 7 35 135 80 60 7 35 135 85 65 9 45 145 80 65 9 45 145 85 70 9 45 145 90 70 9 45 145 95 75 9 45 145 100 75 11 55 155 90 75 11 55 155 95 80 11 55 155 100 80 11 55 155 105 85 11 55 155 110 85 13 65 165 100 90 13 65 165 105 90 13 65 165 110 95 13 65 165 115 95 13 65 165 115 95 15 75 175 110 100 15 75 175 115 100 15 75 175 115 105 Weight [kg] Net *2 Gross *3 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7 3.9 4.1 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.4 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.7 6.0 6.3 6.6 6.9 7.2 7.5 7.9 8.2 8.5 8.8 9.1 9.4 *1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s. *2. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. *3. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. F3SG-RE Model F3SG-@RE@@@@@30 Model Number of Beams Protective Height [mm] F3SG-@RE0190@30 F3SG-@RE0270@30 F3SG-@RE0350@30 F3SG-@RE0430@30 F3SG-@RE0510@30 F3SG-@RE0590@30 F3SG-@RE0670@30 F3SG-@RE0750@30 F3SG-@RE0830@30 F3SG-@RE0910@30 F3SG-@RE0990@30 F3SG-@RE1070@30 F3SG-@RE1150@30 F3SG-@RE1230@30 F3SG-@RE1310@30 F3SG-@RE1390@30 F3SG-@RE1470@30 F3SG-@RE1550@30 F3SG-@RE1630@30 F3SG-@RE1710@30 F3SG-@RE1790@30 F3SG-@RE1870@30 F3SG-@RE1950@30 F3SG-@RE2030@30 F3SG-@RE2110@30 F3SG-@RE2190@30 F3SG-@RE2270@30 F3SG-@RE2350@30 F3SG-@RE2430@30 F3SG-@RE2510@30 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 190 270 350 430 510 590 670 750 830 910 990 1070 1150 1230 1310 1390 1470 1550 1630 1710 1790 1870 1950 2030 2110 2190 2270 2350 2430 2510 Current Consumption [mA] Response Time [ms] *1 OFF OFF ONOFF (Synchronized) (Not synchronized) Emitter Receiver ON ON 5 25 125 40 50 5 25 125 45 50 5 25 125 50 50 5 25 125 55 55 5 25 125 60 55 7 35 135 50 55 7 35 135 55 55 7 35 135 60 60 7 35 135 65 60 7 35 135 65 60 7 35 135 70 60 7 35 135 75 60 7 35 135 80 65 7 35 135 85 65 7 35 135 85 65 9 45 145 75 65 9 45 145 80 65 9 45 145 80 70 9 45 145 85 70 9 45 145 85 70 9 45 145 90 70 9 45 145 95 75 9 45 145 95 75 9 45 145 100 75 9 45 145 100 75 11 55 155 90 75 11 55 155 95 80 11 55 155 95 80 11 55 155 95 80 11 55 155 100 80 Weight [kg] Net *2 Gross *3 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.5 3.7 3.9 4.1 4.3 4.5 4.7 4.9 5.1 5.3 5.5 5.7 5.9 6.1 6.3 6.5 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.4 4.7 5.0 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.2 6.5 6.8 7.1 7.4 7.7 8.0 8.3 8.6 8.9 9.2 9.5 9.8 10.1 10.4 10.7 *1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s. *2. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. *3. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. 79 F3SG-RE LED Indicator Status Emitter Name of Indicator Operating range Color Illuminated LONG Green Long range mode is selected Power POWER Green Power is ON. Lockout LOCKOUT Blinking Lockout state due to Operating range selection setting error Error due to noise - Red Lockout state due to error in emitter Receiver Name of Indicator Top-beam-state TOP Color Blue Blinking - Internal error INTERNAL Red - Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Lockout LOCKOUT Red - Lockout state due to error in receiver Stable-state STB ON/OFF ON/OFF Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to ambient light or vibration Green Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON threshold Green Safety output is in ON state - Safety output is in OFF state Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Synchronization between emitter and receiver is maintained Lockout state due to Communication error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Red 80 Illuminated The top beam is unblocked Communication COM Green Bottom-beam-state BTM Blue The bottom beam is unblocked - F3SG-RE Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram) 24 VDC : Brown OSSD2 : White OSSD1 : Black 0 V : Blue 24 VDC : Brown Not used : Black 0 V : Blue Operating Range Select Input : White Emitter Receiver Short Mode +24 V DC Power Supply 0V IN1 Functional Earth IN2 Safety Controller *1*2 F3SG-RE *1.Refer to page 82 for more information. *2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power supply. Beam state Unblocked Blocked OSSD Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RE in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RE in an environment where there may be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RE be connected to functional earth. The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information. 24 VDC : Brown OSSD2 : White OSSD1 : Black 0 V : Blue 24 VDC : Brown Not used : Black Operating Range Select Input : White 0 V : Blue Emitter Receiver Long Mode +24 V DC Power Supply 0V IN1 IN2 Safety Controller *1*2 *1.Refer to page 82 for more information. *2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power supply. Beam state Unblocked Blocked OSSD Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to the Short Mode example. 81 F3SG-RE Standalone F3SG-RE with Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector F39-GCNY1 XS5W-D42-81- 24 VDC: Brown OSSD2: White OSSD1: Black 0 VDC: Blue XS5F-D42-80- +24V DC Power supply 0V IN1 *1.Refer to the following list "Connectable Safety Control Units" on this page. *2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power supply. IN2 Safety Controller *1*2 Beam state Unblocked Blocked OSSD Note: 1. When using the reduced wiring connector system F39-GCNY1, the Operating Range Selection is fixed to Long Mode. 2. For the functional earth connection, refer to the Short Mode example. Connectable Safety Control Units The F3SG-RE with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below. Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output) Safety Relay Units G9SA-301 G9SA-321-T@ G9SA-501 G9SB-200-B G9SB-200-D G9SB-301-B G9SB-301-D G9SE-201 G9SE-401 G9SE-221-T@ Flexible Safety Units G9SX-AD322-T G9SX-ADA222-T G9SX-BC202 G9SX-GS226-T15 Safety Controllers G9SP-N10S G9SP-N10D G9SP-N20S NE0A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU02 DST1-ID12SL-1 DST1-MD16SL-1 DST1-MRD08SL-1 NX-SIH400 NX-SID800 F3SP-T01 The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below. Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output) Safety Relay Units G9SA-301-P 82 F3SG-RE Input/Output Circuit Entire Circuit Diagram The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RE is shown below. The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers. PNP Output Indicator +24 V 1 Brown Operating Range Select Input circuit Emitter Main Circuit 2 4 3 1 Receiver Main Circuit 2 2 White Black Operating Range Select Input Not used Blue Brown White OSSD 2 Load Black F3SG-RE 4 OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Load Indicator 3 Blue 0V NPN Output Indicator 1 Operating Range Select Input circuit Emitter Main Circuit White Operating Range Select Input Black Not used 2 4 3 1 +24 V Brown Blue Brown Load Receiver Main Circuit 2 2 White OSSD 2 Load 4 Black OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Indicator 3 Blue 0V 83 F3SG-RE Input Circuit Diagram by Function The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below. PNP Output <Input circuit (Operating Range Select Input)> +24 VDC 5V Short circuit current: 3 mA Emitter Main Circuit 0 VDC NPN Output <Input circuit (Operating Range Select Input)> +24 VDC 5V Emitter Main Circuit Short circuit current: 3 mA 0 VDC 84 F3SG-RE Dimensions (Unit: mm) Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF) 50.35 Backside Mounting 150 max 2-M5 or M6 F 150 max 2-M5 or M6 9.2 24.85 24.85 25 15 P 150 max 6.4 66 51 A 51 F Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) F3SG-RE D C2 (Protective height for 14 mm) C1 (Protective height for 30 mm) A 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 150 max 35 40 35 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series Dimension A C1 Dimension A C2+30 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name(Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name(Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F Protective height (C2) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F 0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max. 0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max. 1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max. 2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max. *1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 85 F3SG-RE 50.35 Side Mounting 40 35 2-M5 or M6 F A 51 51 66 6.4 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) F D C2 (Protective height for 14 mm) C1 (Protective height for 30 mm) A 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 150 max 150 max 35 25 15 P 150 max 150 max 2-M5 or M6 9.2 42.35 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series Dimension A C1 Dimension A C2+30 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F Protective height (C2) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F 0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max. 0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max. 1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max. 2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max. *1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 86 F3SG-RE Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGA) 50.35 Backside Mounting 48.6 35 2-M5 or M6 F A 2-M5 or M6 24.85 150 max 9.2 24.85 25 15 P 150 max 6.4 72 F 84 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) F3SG-RE D C2 (Protective height for 14 mm) C1 (Protective height for 30 mm) A 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 150 max 150 max 35 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series Dimension A C1 Dimension A C2+30 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F Protective height (C2) Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F 0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max. 0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max. 1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max. 2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max. *1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 87 F3SG-RE 50.35 Side Mounting 48.6 35 F A 72 72 84 150 max 2-M5 or M6 25 15 P 9.2 42.35 150 max 6.4 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) F D C2 (Protective height for 14 mm) C1 (Protective height for 30 mm) A 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 2-M5 or M6 150 max 150 max 35 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series Dimension A Dimension C1 Dimension D Dimension P Protective height (C1) 0190 to 1230 1310 to 2270 2350 to 2510 F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) C1-50 20 Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 2 *2 3 4 Dimension F 1000 mm max. 1000 mm max. 1000 mm max. Dimension A Dimension C2 Dimension D Dimension P C2+30 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) C2-20 10 Protective height (C2) 0160 to 1200 1280 to 2080 Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 2 *2 3 Dimension F 1000 mm max. 1000 mm max. *1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 88 F3SG-RE Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA) Dimensions when using the F3SG-RE Series except the F3SG-4RE0190@30 and F3SG-4RE0160@14 Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RE0190@30 and F3SG-4RE0160@14. Backside Mounting 53.25 2-S3 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) 4 34.5 8.2 6.5 21.75 35 26.5 23.2 48.6 2-M5 or M6 2-M8 Backside : 2-S3 40.8 4 35 13.6 24.85 F 72 72 H G 2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6 24.85 24.85 34.5 21.75 15 25 P Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) A D 6.4 G H I 9.2 F3SG-RE 84 72 S2.5 C1 (Protective height for 30 mm) Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) C2 (Protective height for 14 mm) F F 35 <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M5 or M6> F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M8> F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series Dimension A C1 Dimension A C2+30 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension G C1+43.5 Dimension G C2+73.5 Dimension H C1+69 Dimension H C2+99 Dimension I C1+88 Dimension I C2+118 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height Number of Top/Bottom (C1) Adjustable Brackets Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F Protective height Number of Top/Bottom (C2) Adjustable Brackets Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F 0270 to 1070 2 0 - 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1150 to 1950 2 1 1000 mm max. 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. 2030 to 2510 2 2 1000 mm max. 2000 to 2080 2 2 1000 mm max. 89 F3SG-RE Side Mounting 2-S3 50.35 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) 35 26.5 23.2 2-M5 or M6 2-M8 6.5 4 34.5 21.75 8.2 51.65 Backside : 2-S3 40.8 35 9.2 42.35 F 72 72 H 34.5 21.75 P Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) 2-M5 or M6 G 15 S2.5 2-M5 or M6 A D C2 (Protective height for 14 mm) 25 I H G 6.4 84 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) C1 (Protective height for 30 mm) F F 35 <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M5 or M6> F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series Dimension A C1 Dimension A C2+30 Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C1-50 Dimension D C2-20 Dimension G C1+43.5 Dimension G C2+73.5 Dimension H C1+69 Dimension H C2+99 Dimension I C1+88 Dimension I C2+118 Dimension P 20 Dimension P 10 Protective height Number of Top/Bottom (C1) Adjustable Brackets 90 <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M8> Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F Protective height Number of Top/Bottom (C2) Adjustable Brackets Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F 0270 to 1070 2 0 - 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1150 to 1950 2 1 1000 mm max. 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. 2030 to 2510 2 2 1000 mm max. 2000 to 2080 2 2 1000 mm max. F3SG-RE Accessories Sensor Mounting Brackets Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) (25.8) 66 (23.1) 9.2 8 32.1 36 6.4 Material: Zinc alloy 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately) F3SG-RE 42 45.1 (34.5) (31.8) 9.2 8 32.9 84 6.4 Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorochemical lubricant oil 72 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately) 31 26 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) 67 18 23.5 4 Screw (2) 161 Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 20 44 4 5 5 23.2 48.25 26.5 22.25 6.5 4 9.5 8.2 Top/Bottom Bracket (3) Screw(1) 35 40.8 Material: Stainless steel 91 F3SG-RE Safety light curtain connecting cable Round Water-resistant Connector: Connector Connected to Cable, Socket on One Cable End (XS5F-D421-@80-F, sold separately) L (Cable length) 50 40.7 30 5 14.9 dia. M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire Specification Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 Model Fire-retardant, Robot cable Material: Insulated vinyl round cable L (m) XS5F-D421-C80-F 1 XS5F-D421-D80-F 2 XS5F-D421-E80-F 3 XS5F-D421-G80-F 5 XS5F-D421-J80-F 10 XS5F-D421-L80-F 20 Round Water-resistant Connector: Connectors Connected to Cable, Socket and Plug on Cable Ends (XS5W-D421-@81-F, sold separately) M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire Material: Insulated vinyl round cable 40.7 44.7 L (Cable length) Specification Model Fire-retardant, Robot cable L (m) XS5W-D421-C81-F 1 XS5W-D421-D81-F 2 XS5W-D421-E81-F 3 XS5W-D421-G81-F 5 XS5W-D421-J81-F 10 XS5W-D421-L81-F 20 Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector (F39-GCNY1, sold separately) Plug marked with (bule circle): Connect to control panel side Socket marked with (white circle): Connect to emitter 17.7 15.0 45.5 . CN2 4.6 35.0 To control panel side dia 40.7 To receiver To emitter CN1 M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire M12 x 1 M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire 500 Material: PBT (Main body) Spatter Protection Cover(F39-HGA/-HGB, sold separately) Assembled dimensions Model Total length 40 F39-HGB@@@@ @@@@+6 F39-HGA0550 558 41.8 Material: PC (Transparent cover) ABS (Side wall) Stainless steel (Bracket) Aluminum adhesive tape (Fixing sticker) Related Manuals ManNo. Z352 92 Model F3SG-@R@@@@@@@@ Manual name Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@R Series User's Manual Safety Light Curtain F3SG-RA-01TS Offers Both Durability and Reliability * Rugged and compact * All models designed for global use. PNP/NPN selection by DIP switch * Conforming to major international standards * Prevents accidental changes of settings by configuration tool (monitoring only) System Configuration Mounting bracket Accessory F39-BT Bluetooth Communication Unit F39-BTLP Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit F39-HGA@@@@ Spatter Protection Cover (for F3SG-RA-01TS) F39-LGF Standard Fixed Bracket Emitter F39-PTG Laser Pointer Receiver Recommended safety controller *2 F3SG-RA-01TS F39-LP Lamp Accessory NX/NE1A-series Safety Network Controller F39-JDB Double-Ended Cable F39-LGA Standard Adjustable Bracket Emitter Up to three sets G9SP-series Safety Controller F39-JGR2WTS Cascading Cable Receiver Accessory *1 PC G9SE/G9SA-series Safety Relay Unit IF-U F39-GIF Interface Unit F39-JDB Double-Ended Cable F39-JDA Single-Ended Cable or Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 G9SX-series Flexible Safety Unit G7SA/G7S-E Relays with Forcibly Guided Contacts Accessory F39-LGTB F39-LGTB-1 Top/Bottom Adjustable T Bracket F39-CN5 F39-JD@@@@BA Reduced wiring connector system *1. The F3SG-RA-01TS provides only the monitoring functionality. *2. The recommended safety controller is required to build a safety circuit using emergency stop switches and door switches. 93 F3SG-RA-01TS Ordering Information Main Units Safety Light Curtain Hand and arm protection Number of beams Protective height (mm) Model 8 185 F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS 12 265 F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS 16 345 F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS 20 425 F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS 24 505 F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS 28 585 F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS 32 665 F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS 36 745 F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS 40 825 F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS 44 905 F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS 48 985 F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS 52 1,065 F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS 56 1,145 F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS 60 1,225 F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS 64 1,305 F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS 68 1,385 F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS 72 1,465 F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS 76 1,545 F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS 80 1,625 F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS 84 1,705 F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS 88 1,785 F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS 92 1,865 F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS 96 1,945 F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS Accessories (Sold separately) Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) * Appearance Cable length Specifications Model For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray 3m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable F39-JD3A White Brown Black Yellow Gray Pink Blue Red F39-JD7A 2 1 7 7m 3 8 6 4 5 Female 10m 1 Not used 2 +24 VDC 3 TEST 4 Not used 5 Not used 6 Not used 7 0 VDC 8 Not used Shield F39-JD10A For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 15m 7 6 20m 2 1 3 8 5 4 Female 1 OSSD 2 2 +24 VDC 3 OSSD 1 4 AUX 5 Not used 6 Not used 7 0 VDC 8 EDM Shield White Brown Black Yellow Gray Pink Blue Red F39-JD15A F39-JD20A * The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number when you order. Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable. 94 F3SG-RA-01TS Doble-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) * For cable extension Appearance Cable length Specifications Model For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray 0.5 m 2 1 1m 7 3 8 6 4 5 3m Female 5m 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield F39-JDR5B 1 2 3 7 8 4 F39-JD1B 6 5 F39-JD3B Male F39-JD5B For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 7m 10 m 2 1 7 3 8 6 4 5 15 m Female 20 m Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield F39-JD10B 1 2 3 8 4 F39-JD7B 7 6 5 F39-JD15B Male F39-JD20B * The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number when you order. Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD(R)@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD(R)@B-D Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable. To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable. Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable. <Connection example> Emitter Cable is gray F39-JD@B-L (Gray) Double-Ended Cable F39-JD@B F39-JD@B-D (Black) Cable is black Single-Ended Cable F39-JD@A F39-JD@A-D (Black) Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, for emitter and receiver) Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Secondary sensor 1 (Emitter) Cap (8-pin), M12 connector (8-pin) Model Secondary sensor 1 (Receiver) Cascading Cable F39-JGR2WTS 0.2m Primary sensor (Emitter) F3SG-RA-01TS Receiver F39-JD@A-L (Gray) F39-JGR2WTS Primary sensor (Receiver) Cable F39-JD@A-L Cable F39-JD@A-D Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors. Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable) <Connection example> Remove the cap Cable is gray Emitter Emitter F39-JD@B-L (Gray) Double-Ended Cable F39-JD@B Receiver Cable is gray Cascading Cable F39-JGR2WTS F39-JD@B-D (Black) Receiver Cable is black Cable is black Remove the cap 95 F3SG-RA-01TS Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.) Reduced Wiring Connector Appearance Specifications IP67 rated when mated. F3SG-RA-01TS Emitter F3SG-RA-01TS Receiver Model F39-CN5 Reduced Wiring Connector F39-CN5 Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following functions are not available. - External Device Monitoring - Auxiliary Output F39-JD@A-D Single-Ended Cable (Black) F39-JD@-B-L Double-Ended Cable (Gray) Cable for Reduce Wiring* (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) Appearance Cable length Specifications Remarks Model Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L Emitter: 3 m F39-JD0303BA Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D Receiver: 3 m Emitter: 3 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L F39-JD0307BA Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D Emitter: 3 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L F39-JD0310BA Receiver: 10 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Emitter: 5 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L F39-JD0503BA Receiver: 3 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D Emitter: 5 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L IP67 rated F39-JD0507BA Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D when mated. Emitter: 5 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L F39-JD0510BA Receive: 10mr Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1003BA Receiver: 3 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1007BA Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1010BA Receiver: 10 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative. * Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver. Sensor Mounting Brackets Appearance Specification Standard Fixed Bracket Application Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number of sets required for each model.) Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS. Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle adjustment range is 15. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number of sets required for each model.) Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS. Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the F3SG-RA-01TS. Top/Bottom Beam alignment after mounting possible. Adjustable Bracket *2 The angle adjustment range is 22.5. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.) Top/Bottom Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to Adjustable Bracket *2 mount to the wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part (For user-made mounting to suit the machine. part) (Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.) Standard Adjustable Bracket Model F39-LGF F39-LGA F39-LGTB F39-LGTB-1 *1. Protective height of 0185 to 1225: 2 sets, Protective height of 1305 to 1945: 3 sets *2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket. Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets Protective height of 1065 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)). Protective height of 1145 to 1945: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA). 96 F3SG-RA-01TS Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 * Appearance Type SD Manager 2 Specifications The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is available to download from our website at http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool. Model - F39-GIF interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA-01TS receiver to a USB port of the PC Interface Unit Bluetooth Communication Unit Accessories: 0.3-m Dedicated Cable 1 (1), 2-m Dedicated Cable 2 (1), Instruction Manual F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the F3SG-RA F39-GIF F39-BT IP67 rated when mated. * The F3SG-RA-01TS provides only the monitoring functionality. Lamp Appearance Type Lamp Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit Specifications The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON based on the operation of F3SG-RA. The lamp output pattern is set as follows: Red (ON): Inverted signal of safety output information Orange (Blink once): Inverted signal of stable-state information Green (ON): Safety output information Model F39-LP F39-BTLP End Cap * Appearance Specifications Housing color: Black For both emitter and receiver (Attached to the F3SG-RA-01TS. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.) Model F39-CNM IP67 rated when mated. F3SG-RA-01TS IP67 rated when mated. * This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA-02TS. Laser Pointer for F3SG-R Appearance Specifications Model The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse adjustment of beams. F39-PTG 97 F3SG-RA-01TS Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) Spatter Protection Covers include mounting brackets. Safety Light Curtain Model Appearance Hand protection Model F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS F39-HGA0200 F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS F39-HGA0280 F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS F39-HGA0360 F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS F39-HGA0440 F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS F39-HGA0520 F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS F39-HGA0600 F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS F39-HGA0680 F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS F39-HGA0760 F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS F39-HGA0840 F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS F39-HGA0920 F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS F39-HGA1000 F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS F39-HGA1080 F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS F39-HGA1160 F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS F39-HGA1240 F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS F39-HGA1320 F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS F39-HGA1400 F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS F39-HGA1480 F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS F39-HGA1560 F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS F39-HGA1640 F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS F39-HGA1720 F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS F39-HGA1800 F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS F39-HGA1880 F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS F39-HGA1960 Note: 1. The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating. 2. The product extends over the DIP Switch cover of the Safety Light Curtain. Be sure to use the product only after all required settings are made to the DIP Switch. Test Rod 98 Diameter Model 25 mm dia. F39-TRD25 F3SG-RA-01TS Ratings and Specifications Main unit The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters. F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Object Resolution (Detection Capability) Opaque objects Beam Gap 20 mm Number of Beams 8 to 96 Lens Size 6.0x5.0 (WxH) mm 25-mm dia. Protective Height Operating Range Performance Response Time Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) (IEC 61496-2) 185 to 1945 mm (7.3 to 76.6 inch) Long 0.3 to 17.0 m (1 to 56 ft.) Short 0.3 to 5.0 m (1 to 16 ft.) ON to OFF 8 to 13 ms *1 OFF to ON 40 to 65ms *1 *1.Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection. Refer to page 101 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual (ManNo.: Z380) for cascaded connection. Type 4 2.5 max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm Startup Waiting Time 2 s max. Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC20% (ripple p-p 10% max.) Current Consumption Refer to page 101 . Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.) Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable extension), Capacitive load of 1 F max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1 Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2 Safety Outputs (OSSD) *1.The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger. *2.These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive load such as a capacitor. One PNP or NPN transistor output (Safety Output and homopolarity) Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max Auxiliary Output Output Operation Mode Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.) Auxiliary Output Reverse output of safety output External device monitoring input (Lockout reset input) PNP ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) * OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) * NPN ON voltage: 0 to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) * OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) * Input Voltage 24 V inactive setting ON voltage: 0 to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA) OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) * Test input 0 V inactive setting ON voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) OFF voltage: 0 to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA) F3SG-RA-01TS Electrical Safety Output * The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment. Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1) Indicators II Refer to page 103 . Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection Insulation Resistance 20 M or higher (500 VDC megger) Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min) Mutual Interference Prevention (Scan Code) This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA systems. Cascade Connection Number of cascaded segments: 3 max. Total number of beams: 255 max. Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable) Test Function Self-test (at power-on, and during operation) External test (light emission stop function by test input) Safety-Related Functions External device monitoring (EDM) Scan code selection PNP/NPN selection Functional 99 F3SG-RA-01TS F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Ambient Temperature Ambient Humidity Environmental -10 to 55C (14 to 131F) (non-icing) Storage -25 to 70C (-13 to 158F) Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing) Storage Ambient Illuminance Degree of Protection (IEC 60529) IP65 and IP67 Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1) Pollution Degree 3 Cascading cable Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated, Cables pre-wired to the sensors Number of Wires On emitter: 5-wire, On receiver: 8-wire Cable Length 0.3 m Cable Diameter 6 mm Minimum Bending Radius R5 mm Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated Number of Wires On emitter: 5-wire, On receiver: 8-wire Cable Length 0.2 m Cable Diameter 6 mm Minimum Bending Radius R5 mm Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated Number of Wires On emitter and receiver: 8-wire Extension cable Cable Length - Single-Ended Cable - Double-Ended Cable Cable Diameter Minimum Bending Radius Refer to page 94. 6.6 mm R36 mm Extension of Power Cable 100 m max.(Emitter/Receiver) Material Housing: Aluminum alloy Cap: PBT resin Front window: Acrylic resin Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin FE plate: Stainless steel Material Weight Included Accessories Conforming standards Conformity 35% to 95% Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Power cable Connections Operating Refer to page 101 . Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker, Refer to page 102 . Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1) Type 4 Performance Level (PL)/ Safety category PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015) PFHD 1.1 x 10-8 (IEC 61508) Proof test interval TM Every 20 years (IEC 61508) SFF 99% (IEC 61508) HFT 1 (IEC 61508) Classification Type B (IEC 61508-2) Bluetooth Communication Unit Communication System Bluetooth Version 3.0 Communication Profile SPP (Serial Port Profile) Transmission Distance Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) * * It depends on use environment conditions. 100 F3SG-RA-01TS List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight Model F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS *1. *2. *3. *4. Number of Beams Protective Height [mm] Current Consumption [mA] Response Time [ms] *1 8 185 8 35 75 0.7 1.4 12 265 8 40 140 35 75 0.9 1.6 16 345 8 40 140 40 75 1.1 1.9 20 425 8 40 140 45 75 1.3 2.2 24 505 8 40 140 50 75 1.5 2.5 28 585 8 40 140 50 75 1.7 2.7 32 665 8 40 140 55 75 1.9 3.0 36 745 8 40 140 60 80 2.1 3.3 40 825 8 40 140 65 80 2.3 3.6 44 905 13 65 165 50 80 2.5 3.8 48 985 13 65 165 50 80 2.8 4.1 52 1065 13 65 165 55 80 3.0 4.4 56 1145 13 65 165 55 85 3.2 4.7 60 1225 13 65 165 55 85 3.4 5.0 64 1305 13 65 165 60 85 3.6 5.2 68 1385 13 65 165 60 85 3.8 5.5 72 1465 13 65 165 65 85 4.0 5.8 76 1545 13 65 165 65 90 4.2 6.0 80 1625 13 65 165 70 90 4.4 6.3 84 1705 13 65 165 70 90 4.6 6.6 88 1785 13 65 165 70 90 4.9 6.9 92 1865 13 65 165 75 90 5.1 7.1 96 1945 13 65 165 75 95 5.3 7.4 ON OFF *2 OFF (Not synchronized) ON 140 Weight [kg] OFF (Synchronized) ON 40 Emitter Receiver Net *3 Gross *4 The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. F3SG-RA-01TS 101 F3SG-RA-01TS Legislation and Standards 1. The F3SG-RA-01TS does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the F3SG-RA-01TS in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system must receive type approval. 2. The F3SG-RA-01TS is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index Annex V, Item 2. 3. EC Declaration of Conformity OMRON declares that the F3SG-RA-01TS is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC Directives: Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC EMC Directive2014/30/EU 4. Conforming Standards (1) European standards EN61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2) (2) International standards IEC61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for Type 2), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2) (3) JIS standards JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD) (4) North American standards UL61496-1(Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), UL61496-2(Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8 5. Third-Party Certifications (1) TUV SUD * EC Type-Examination certificate: EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN 61496-2) * Certificate: Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4, and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2) (2) UL * UL Listing: Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8 6. Other Standards The F3SG-RA-01TS is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following standards and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have any questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations in the location where the equipment is to be used. * European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046 * U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212 * U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217 * American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19 * American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06 * Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434 * SEMI Standards SEMI S2 * Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement 102 F3SG-RA-01TS Indicator Emitter Color Illuminated TEST Name of Indicator Green - LONG Green Long range mode is selected Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error or Operating range selection setting error POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise LOCKOUT Blinking External Test is being performed - Red Lockout state due to error in emitter Receiver Name of Indicator Color TOP Blue NPN Green Illuminated Blinking The top beam is unblocked Lockout state due to Cap error or Other sensor error - NPN mode is selected by DIP Switch CFG Green - EDM Green EDM input is in ON state * Lockout state due to Cascading Configuration error Lockout state due to EDM error INTERNAL Red - Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise LOCKOUT Red - Lockout state due to error in receiver STB Green Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold due to ambient light or vibration Green Safety output is in ON state - ON/OFF Red COM Green BTM Blue Safety output is in OFF state Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Synchronization between emitter and receiver is maintained Lockout state due to Communication error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise The bottom beam is unblocked Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error * The LED is illuminated when the EDM input is in ON state regardless of wiring with EDM used or unused. Interface Unit PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows) Operating system (OS) Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit) Communication port USB port x1 Ambient temperature Operating: -10 to 55C, Storage: -30 to 70C(non-icing and non-condensing) Ambient humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%(non-condensing) Lamp Item F39-LP Applicable Sensor F3SG-@RA Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver) LED Light Color Red/Orange/Green Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC20%, ripple p-p 10% max.(shares sensors power supply) Current Consumption 25 mA max. (shares sensors power supply.) Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55C, Storage: -25 to 70C Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm,20 sweeps for all 3 axes Shock Resistance 100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Degree of Protection IP65 and IP67(When attached to F3SG) Type of Connection Connectable to F3SG-RAs terminal connector Material Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT Weight 45 g (when packaged) F3SG-RA-01TS Main unit 103 F3SG-RA-01TS Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram) Standalone F3SG-RA-01TS using PNP Outputs EDM disabled, External Test unused and PNP Outputs The following is the example of EDM disabled, PNP outputs and External Test unused. DIP Switch settings *1 Function Receiver Emitter DIP-SW1 DIP-SW2 EDM Disabled (factory default setting) 2 ON 2 ON PNP (factory default setting) 7 ON 7 ON External Test: 24 V Inactive (factory default setting) 4 ON : Indicates a switch position. Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring. Emitter Receiver Wiring Example IN1 0V Shielded wire 0 VDC: Blue OSSD2: White OSSD1: Black Not used: Pink Not used: Gray AUX: Yellow EDM input: Red *3 24 VDC: Brown TEST: Black *2 +DC24V F39-JD@A-D 24 VDC: Brown Not used: Pink E1 Not used: Red Not used: Gray Not used: Yellow Not used: White 0 VDC: Blue Shielded wire F39-JD@A-L IN2 Safety Controller *4 *5 Functional Earth *1.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual for more information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch. *2.When the external test function is used, connect to 24V via the test switch (N.C. contact). *3.Also used for the lockout reset input. When using the lockout reset function, connect to 24V via lockout reset switch (N.C. contact). *4.Refer to page 106 for more information. *5.The safety controller and the F3SG-RA-01TS must share the power supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power supply. E1: 24VDC power supply (S8VS) Unblocked Blocked OSSD Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA-01TS in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA-01TS in an environment where there may be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA-01TS be connected to functional earth. The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual for more information. 104 F3SG-RA-01TS Standalone F3SG-RA-01TS using NPN Outputs EDM enabled, External Test 0V Inactive and NPN Outputs The following is the example of External Device Monitoring enabled, NPN outputs and External Test in 0 V Inactive. DIP Switch settings *1 Function Receiver Emitter DIP-SW1 DIP-SW2 EDM Enabled 2 ON 2 ON NPN 7 ON 7 ON External Test: 0 V Inactive 4 ON : Indicates a switch position. Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring. Emitter Receiver Wiring Example Shielded wire 0 VDC: Blue OSSD2: White OSSD1: Black Not used: Pink Not used: Gray AUX: Yellow EDM input: Red *2 24 VDC: Brown TEST: Black F39-JD@A-D 24 VDC: Brown Not used: Red Not used: Pink Not used: Gray Not used: Yellow Not used: White 0 VDC: Blue Shielded wire F39-JD@A-L KM1 S1 KM1 KM2 KM2 +DC24V IN 0V PLC *1.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual for more information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch. *2.Also used for the lockout reset input. When using the lockout reset function connect to 0V via lockout reset switch (N.C. contact). S1: External test switch(connect to 0V if a switch is not required) KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA) or magnetic contactor E1: 24VDC power supply (S8VS) PLC: Programmable controller (Used for monitoring -- not related to safety system) F3SG-RA-01TS E1 Unblocked Blocked External Test Switch(S1) OSSD Lockout State KM1, KM2 NO contact PLC input PLC output Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 104. 105 F3SG-RA-01TS Connectable Safety Control Units The F3SG-RA-01TS with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below. Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output) Safety Relay Units G9SA-301 G9SA-321-T G9SA-501 G9SB-200-B G9SB-200-D G9SB-301-B G9SB-301-D G9SE-201 G9SE-401 G9SE-221-T Flexible Safety Units G9SX-AD322-T G9SX-ADA222-T G9SX-BC202 G9SX-GS226-T15 Safety Controllers G9SP-N10S G9SP-N10D G9SP-N20S NE0A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU02 DST1-ID12SL-1 DST1-MD16SL-1 DST1-MRD08SL-1 NX-SIH400 NX-SID800 F3SP-T01 The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control unit listed in the table below. Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output) Safety Relay Units G9SA-301-P 106 F3SG-RA-01TS Input/Output Circuit Entire Circuit Diagram The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA-01TS is shown below. The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers. PNP Output 1 White Not used Indicator 2 Test Input Circuit Emitter Main Circuit 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 EDM circuit 8 6 Receiver Main Circuit 2 1 Black TEST Yellow Not used Gray Not used Pink Not used Blue Red Not used Brown Red EDM input Pink Not used F3SG-RA-01TS 5 +24 VDC Brown Gray Not used White OSSD 2 Load 3 Black OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Load Indicator 4 Yellow AUX Load 7 Blue 0 VDC 107 F3SG-RA-01TS NPN Output 1 White Not used Indicator 2 Test Input Circuit Emitter Main Circuit 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 EDM circuit 8 6 +24 VDC Brown Black TEST Yellow Not used Gray Not used Pink Not used Blue Red Not used Brown Red Pink EDM input Not used Load 5 Receiver Main Circuit 2 1 Gray Not used White OSSD 2 Load 3 Black OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Load Indicator 4 7 108 Yellow Blue AUX 0 VDC F3SG-RA-01TS Input Circuit Diagram by Function The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below. 24V Inactive PNP Output <Input circuit (EDM input)> <Input circuit (Test input)> +24 VDC +24 VDC 5V Short circuit current: Approximately 3 mA Emitter Main Circuit Receiver Main Circuit 0 VDC Short circuit current: Approximately 6.5 mA 0 VDC 0V Inactive NPN Output <Input circuit (EDM input)> <Input circuit (Test input)> +24 VDC +24 VDC 5V Emitter Main Circuit Short circuit current: Approximately 2.0 mA 0 VDC Receiver Main Circuit Short circuit current: Approximately 8 mA 0 VDC *Short circuit current: 5mA (Reset input), 3mA (Muting inputs A/B) F3SG-RA-01TS 109 F3SG-RA-01TS Dimensions (Unit: mm) Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF) 50.35 Backside Mounting 40 2-M5 or M6 6.4 51 51 66 D Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) A A F F C (Protective height) 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 150 max 35 150 max 35 43 P 150 max 20.5 24.85 24.85 150 max 2-M5 or M6 9.2 < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series Dimension A C+23 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-45 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F 0185 to 1225 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1305 to 1945 3 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 110 F3SG-RA-01TS 50.35 Side Mounting 40 150 max F A F 6.4 51 66 51 D Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) C (Protective height) A 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 2-M5 or M6 150 max 35 35 20.5 43 150 max P 9.2 42.35 150 max 2-M5 or M6 F3SG-RA-01TS < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series Dimension A C+23 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-45 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C1) Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F 0185 to 1225 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1305 to 1945 3 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 111 F3SG-RA-01TS Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA) 50.35 Backside Mounting 48.6 35 35 150 max 150 max 2-M5 or M6 A A F F 2-M5 or M6 24.85 P 24.85 150 max 9.2 43 20.5 150 max 6.4 72 72 D Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 84 C (Protective height) 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series Dimension A C+23 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-45 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C) Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F 0185 to 1225 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1305 to 1945 3 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 112 F3SG-RA-01TS 50.35 Side Mounting 48.6 35 35 A F F 20.5 43 42.35 2-M5 or M6 150 max 9.2 150 max P 6.4 72 72 84 D Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) C (Protective height) A 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 150 max 150 max 2-M5 or M6 F3SG-RA-01TS < Screw: M5 or M6 > F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series Dimension A C+23 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-45 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C) Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F 0185 to 1225 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1305 to 1945 3 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). 113 F3SG-RA-01TS Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA) Dimensions when using the F3SG-RA Series except the F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS. Backside Mounting 2-M5 or M6 2-M8 4 4 38.5 35 25.75 26.5 23.2 48.6 8.2 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) 6.5 53.25 2-S3 Backside : 2-S3 40.8 4 35 H 72 72 G A D 6.4 G 84 72 S2.5 I C (Protective height) Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) F F 35 H 13.6 2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6 9.2 24.85 24.85 P 24.85 <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M5 or M6> F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series (Except fot 0185) Optional accessory not connected F39-JGR2WTS F39-LP F39-BTLP F39-BT Dimension A C+23 C+23 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-45 Dimension G C+82.5 C+85.5 C+96 C+107.5 Dimension H C+108 C+111 C+121.5 C+133 Dimension I C+127 C+130 C+140.5 C+152 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C) 114 Optional accessory connected Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets C-45 20 Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F 0265 to 1065 2 0 - 1145 to 1945 2 1 1000 mm max. 46.5 33.75 43 12 20.5 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M8> F3SG-RA-01TS Side Mounting 2-S3 50.35 35 26.5 Top/Bottom Adjustable 23.2 Bracket (F39-LGTB) 2-M5 or M6 2-M8 6.5 4 4 38.5 25.75 8.2 51.65 Backside : 2-S3 40.8 F F 2-M5 or M6 72 H G I A D 2-M5 or M6 H C (Protective height) G S2.5 6.4 84 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) F 35 35 72 9.6 9.2 F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series (Except fot 0185) Optional accessory not connected F39-JGR2WTS F39-LP F39-BTLP F39-BT C+23 C+23 Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-45 Dimension G C+82.5 C+85.5 C+96 C+107.5 Dimension H C+108 C+111 C+121.5 C+133 Dimension I C+127 C+130 C+140.5 C+152 Dimension P 20 Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M8> Optional accessory connected Dimension A Protective height (C) 46.5 33.75 12 <Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket: M5 or M6> F3SG-RA-01TS 20.5 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB) 43 P 42.35 C-45 20 Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets Dimension F 0265 to 1065 2 0 - 1145 to 1945 2 1 1000 mm max. 115 F3SG-RA-01TS Accessories Sensor Mounting Brackets Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF, sold separately) (25.8) 66 (23.1) 8 9.2 32.1 36 6.4 Material: Zinc alloy 51 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately) 42 45.1 (34.5) (31.8) 9.2 8 32.9 84 6.4 Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorochemical lubricant oil 72 Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately) 31 26 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) 67 18 23.5 4 Screw (2) 161 Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 20 44 4 5 5 23.2 48.25 26.5 22.25 6.5 4 9.5 8.2 Top/Bottom Bracket (3) Screw(1) 35 40.8 116 Material: Stainless steel F3SG-RA-01TS Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately) L dia. 15 39.5 M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm) Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately) L dia. 15 39.5 M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm) Emitter cable (Gray) F39-JD3A-L F39-JD7A-L F39-JD10A-L F39-JD15A-L F39-JD20A-L Receiver cable (Black) F39-JD3A-D F39-JD7A-D F39-JD10A-D F39-JD15A-D F39-JD20A-D L (m) 3 7 10 15 20 Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately) 39.5 L 43 dia. 15 dia. 15 F3SG-RA-01TS M12 Body color: Black Body color: Black M12 IP67 connector M12 IP67connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/ Insulator diameter: 1.15mm) Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately) 39.5 L 43 dia. 15 dia. 15 M12 Body color: Black Body color: Black M12 IP67connector M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/ Insulator diameter: 1.15mm) Emitter cable (Gray) F39-JDR5B-L F39-JD1B-L F39-JD3B-L F39-JD5B-L F39-JD7B-L F39-JD10B-L F39-JD15B-L F39-JD20B-L Receiver cable (Black) F39-JDR5B-D F39-JD1B-D F39-JD3B-D F39-JD5B-D F39-JD7B-D F39-JD10B-D F39-JD15B-D F39-JD20B-D L (m) 0.5 1 3 5 7 10 15 20 117 F3SG-RA-01TS Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5, sold separately) 52 13.6 24.7 13.6 8SPOT FACING 2 12 4.5 32.1 10 17.7 18 24.2 Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately) 200 23.4 40.7 M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin 10 dia. 14.9 dia. 6 M2.5 screw Connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm) 24.2 Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately) 200 23.4 40.7 M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin 10 dia. 14.9 dia. 6 M2.5 screw Connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm) 118 Set model name Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JGR2WTS F39-JGR2WTS-L F39-JGR2WTS-D 0.2 F3SG-RA-01TS Interface Unit (F39-GIF, sold separately) (625.7) (46) 67.9 (11.8) (12) (16) 35.8 Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia. Standard length: 0.5 m 300 54.4 5.4 dia. 23.3 17.5 dia. 30 10 58 2,000 4.6 dia. 7.7 17.5 dia. 14.5 11 Spatter Protection Cover (F39-HGA, sold separately) Assembled dimensions 40 Total length @@@@+4 F39-HGA0550 558 Material: PC (Transparent cover) ABS (Side wall) Stainless steel (Bracket) Aluminum adhesive tape (Fixing sticker) 41.8 Model F39-HGA@@@@ F3SG-RA-01TS Bluetooth Communication Unit (F39-BT, sold separately) Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit (F39-BTLP, sold separately) Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately) 35 35 30 30 35 35 35 16.5 28 35 2.4 2.4 Material: PBT Material: PC (Lighting element) PBT (Other body parts) Related Manuals ManNo. Z380 Model F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Manual name Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual 119 Safety Light Curtain F3SG-RA-02TS Enhanced Cutting Oil Resistance * Mechanical seal structure prevents cutting oil from getting inside * Special materials and cables significantly enhanced oil resistance * Rugged and compact housing. Perfect fit installation * IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) rated * Prevents accidental changes of settings by configuration tool (monitoring only) System Configuration Mounting bracket Accessory *1 F39-LP Lamp F39-LGRA Free-Location Bracket (Intermediate Bracket) Emitter Accessory F39-BT Bluetooth Communication Unit F39-BTLP Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit F39-PTG Laser Pointer *1 Receiver Recommended safety controller *3 F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable *1 Emitter NX/NE1A-series Safety Network Controller Up to three sets F39-JGR2WTS Cascading Cable *1 Receiver G9SP-series Safety Controller Accessory *2 PC IF-U F39-LGRTB F39-LGRTB-2 F39-LGRTB-3 Top/Bottom Bracket F39-GIF-1 Configuration Tool Interface Unit *1 SD Manager 2 F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable *1 F39-JD@RA-L F39-JD@RA-D Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable) F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable *1 or Accessory F39-CN5 F39-JD@BA Reduced wiring connector system *1 120 G9SE/G9SA-series Safety Relay Unit G9SX-series Flexible Safety Unit G7SA/G7S-E Relays with Forcibly Guided Contacts *1. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. *2. The F3SG-RA-02TS provides only the monitoring functionality. *3. The recommended safety controller is required to build a safety circuit using emergency stop switches and door switches. F3SG-RA-02TS Ordering Information Main Units Safety Light Curtain Hand and arm protection Number of beams Protective height (mm) Model 12 240 F3SG-4RA0240-25-02TS 16 320 F3SG-4RA0320-25-02TS 20 400 F3SG-4RA0400-25-02TS 24 480 F3SG-4RA0480-25-02TS 28 560 F3SG-4RA0560-25-02TS 32 640 F3SG-4RA0640-25-02TS 36 720 F3SG-4RA0720-25-02TS 40 800 F3SG-4RA0800-25-02TS 44 880 F3SG-4RA0880-25-02TS 48 960 F3SG-4RA0960-25-02TS 52 1,040 F3SG-4RA1040-25-02TS 56 1,120 F3SG-4RA1120-25-02TS 60 1,200 F3SG-4RA1200-25-02TS 64 1,280 F3SG-4RA1280-25-02TS 68 1,360 F3SG-4RA1360-25-02TS 72 1,440 F3SG-4RA1440-25-02TS 76 1,520 F3SG-4RA1520-25-02TS 80 1,600 F3SG-4RA1600-25-02TS 84 1,680 F3SG-4RA1680-25-02TS 88 1,760 F3SG-4RA1760-25-02TS 92 1,840 F3SG-4RA1840-25-02TS 96 1,920 F3SG-4RA1920-25-02TS F3SG-RA-02TS 121 F3SG-RA-02TS Accessories (Sold separately) Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable) Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Model For emitter, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 3m 2 1 For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), 5 wires Color: Gray 7 3 8 6 4 5 Female 7m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - Brown Black - Gray Pink Blue - Not used +24 VDC TEST Not used Not used Not used 0 VDC Not used F39-JD3RA-L F39-JD7RA-L For receiver, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 2 1 7 3m For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), 8 wires Color: Black 3 8 6 4 5 Female 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 White Brown Black Yellow Gray Pink Blue Red OSSD 2 +24 VDC OSSD 1 AUX PC COM (+) PC COM (-) 0 VDC EDM F39-JD3RA-D IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated. * F3SG-RA-02TS meets the degree of protection when this cable is correctly connected with the power cable of the F3SG-RA-02TS. The degree of protection is not satisfied with the part where cable wires are uncovered. Note: To extend the cable length to more than 7 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable. When the Double-Ended Cable is used, protect it from cutting oil. 7m F39-JD7RA-D Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) * Appearance Cable length Specifications Model For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray 3m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 2 1 7 3 8 6 4 5 7m Female 1 White 2 Brown 3 Black 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red Shield Not used +24 VDC TEST Not used Not used Not used 0 VDC Not used For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black 10m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 2 1 7 15m 3 8 6 5 4 Female 20m 1 White 2 Brown 3 Black 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red Shield OSSD 2 +24 VDC OSSD 1 AUX PC COM (+) PC COM (-) 0 VDC EDM IP67* rated when mated. F39-JD3A F39-JD7A F39-JD10A F39-JD15A F39-JD20A * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. * The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number when you order. Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D Note: 1. Use the F39-JD@RA-L/-D for applications where cutting oil resistance is required. 2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable. 122 F3SG-RA-02TS Double-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) * Appearance Cable length 0.5m Specifications Model For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 1m 2 1 7 3 8 6 4 5 3m Female 5m 2 7 5 6 1 8 3 4 F39-JDR5B Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable Brown Blue Gray Pink White Red Black Yellow 2 7 5 6 1 8 3 4 Brown Blue Gray Pink White Red Black Yellow F39-JD1B 1 2 3 7 8 4 6 F39-JD3B 5 Male F39-JD5B Shield Shield For receiver, M12 connector(8-pin) Color: Black Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 7m 2 1 10m 7 6 5 4 Female 15m 20m 3 8 Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable 2 Brown 7 Blue 5 Gray 6 Pink 1 White 8 Red 3 Black 4 Yellow Shield 2 7 5 6 1 8 3 4 Brown Blue Gray Pink White Red Black Yellow 1 2 3 4 F39-JD7B F39-JD10B 7 8 6 5 F39-JD15B Male Shield IP67* rated when mated. * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. F39-JD20B * The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number when you order. Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@B-D Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable. To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable. Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable. <Connection example> Emitter Receiver Cable is gray Cable is black F39-JD@B-L (Gray) F39-JD@A-L (Gray) Double-Ended Cable F39-JD@B Single-Ended Cable F39-JD@A F39-JD@B-D (Black) F39-JD@A-D (Black) Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.) Reduced Wiring Connector Appearance Specifications IP67* rated when mated. F3SG-RA-02TS Emitter F3SG-RA-02TS Receiver Model F39-CN5 Reduced Wiring Connector F39-JD@B-L Double-Ended Cable (Gray) F39-JD@A-D Single-Ended Cable (Black) Cable for Reduce Wiring* (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) Appearance Cable length Specifications Remarks Model Emitter: 3 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L F39-JD0303BA Receiver: 3 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D Emitter: 3 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L F39-JD0307BA Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D Emitter: 3 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L F39-JD0310BA Receiver: 10 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Emitter: 5 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L IP67* rated F39-JD0503BA Receiver: 3 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D when mated. Emitter: 5 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L F39-JD0507BA * When the Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D accessory is Emitter: 5 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L used, protect it F39-JD0510BA Receiver: 10m from cutting oil. Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1003BA Receiver: 3 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1007BA Receiver: 7 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D Emitter: 10 m Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L F39-JD1010BA Receiver: 10 m Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative. * Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver. F3SG-RA-02TS * When the accessory is F39-CN5 used, protect it from cutting oil. Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following functions are not available. - External Device Monitoring - Auxiliary Output 123 F3SG-RA-02TS Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Secondary sensor 1 (Emitter) Model Secondary sensor 1 (Receiver) Cascading Cable F39-JGR2WTS Cap (8-pin), M12 connector (8-pin) 0.2m Primary sensor (Emitter) Primary sensor (Receiver) Cable F39-JD@A-L F39-JGR2WTS Cable F39-JD@A-D IP67* rated when mated. * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors. Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable) Remove the cap Cable is gray Cable is gray Emitter Emitter F39-JD@B-L (Gray) Double-Ended Cable F39-JD@B Receiver Cascading Cable F39-JGR2WTS F39-JD@B-D (Black) Receiver Cable is black Cable is black Remove the cap Sensor Mounting Brackets Appearance Specifications Application Model Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle adjustment range is 15. Free-Location Bracket Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Intermediate Bracket) (Sold separately as a set of 2 brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number of sets required for each model.) F39-LGRA Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the F3SG-RA-02TS. Beam alignment after mounting Top/Bottom Bracket *2 possible. The angle adjustment range is 22.5. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. (Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.) F39-LGRTB Top/Bottom Bracket *2 The part of this bracket to contact with a wall surface has a different shape from the F39-LGRTB Top/Bottom Bracket. Use this bracket when replacing an existing safety light curtain with the F3SG-RA-02TS. (Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.) F39-LGRTB-2 Top/Bottom Bracket *2 Select a bracket that fit into the existing mounting hole. F39-LGRTB-3 *1. Protective height of 0240 to 1200 mm: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 1920 mm: 3 sets *2. Use the Top/Bottom Bracket in combination with the Intermediate Bracket. Protective height of 1040 or less: The Intermediate Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)). Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)) and 1 set of Intermediate Brackets (F39LGRA). 124 F3SG-RA-02TS Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 *1 *2 Appearance Type SD Manager 2 Specifications The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is available to download from our website at http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool Model - F39-GIF-1 interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA-02TS receiver to a USB port of the PC Interface Unit Bluetooth Communication Unit Accessories: F39-CN1 Branch Connector (1), Connector Cap (1), 2-m Dedicated Cable (1), Instruction Manual F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the F3SG-RA F39-GIF-1 F39-BT IP67 rated when mated. *1. The F3SG-RA-02TS provides only the monitoring functionality. *2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. Lamp * Appearance Type Lamp Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit Specifications The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON based on the operation of F3SG-RA. The lamp output pattern is set as follows: Red (ON): Inverted signal of safety output information Orange (Blink once): Inverted signal of stable-state information Green (ON): Safety output information Model F39-LP F39-BTLP IP67 rated when mated. * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. End Cap *1 *2 Appearance Specifications Housing color: Black For both emitter and receiver (Attached to the F3SG-RA-02TS. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.) Model F39-CNM IP67 rated when mated. Laser Pointer for F3SG-R * Appearance Specifications Model The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse adjustment of beams. F39-PTG F3SG-RA-02TS *1. This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA-01TS. *2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. * When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil. Test Rod Diameter Model 25 mm dia. F39-TRD25 125 F3SG-RA-02TS Ratings and Specifications Main unit The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters. Object Resolution (Detection Capability) Beam Gap Number of Beams Lens Size Protective Height Operating Range ON to OFF OFF to ON Performance Response Time Electrical Functional Environmental 126 F3SG-4RA-25-02TS Opaque objects 25-mm dia. 20 mm 12 to 96 6.0 x 5.0 (W x H) mm 240 to 1920 mm 0.3 to 17.0 m Normal mode: 8 to 13 ms *1 Normal mode: 40 to 90ms (synchronized), 140 to 190ms (not synchronized) *1 *1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection. Refer to page 128 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS Series User's Manual (ManNo.: Z391) for cascaded connection. Effective Aperture Angle 2.5 max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater (EAA) (IEC 61496-2) Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm Startup Waiting Time 2 s max. Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC20% (ripple p-p 10% max.) Current Consumption Refer to page 128 . Two PNP transistor outputs Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable extension), Capacitive load of 1 F max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1 Leakage current of 1 mA max. Safety Outputs (OSSD) *1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger. *2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive load such as a capacitor. One PNP transistor output Auxiliary Output Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max . Safety Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.) Output Operation Mode Auxiliary Output Reverse output of safety output External device monitoring ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) * input OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) * (Lockout reset input) 24 V Active setting: Input Voltage ON voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) * OFF voltage: 0 V to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA) Test input 0 V Active setting: ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA) OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) * * The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment. Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1) II Indicators Refer to page 130. Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection Insulation Resistance 20 M or higher (500 VDC megger) Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min) Mutual Interference Prevention This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA-25-02TS systems. (Scan Code) Number of cascaded segments: 3 max. (only among F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS's) Cascade Connection Total number of beams: 255 max. Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable) Self-test (at power-on, and during operation) Test Function External test (light emission stop function by test input) External device monitoring (EDM) Safety-Related Functions Scan code selection Operating -10 to 55C (14 to 131F) (non-icing) Ambient Temperature Storage -25 to 70C (-13 to 158F) Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing) Ambient Humidity Storage 35% to 95% Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Ambient Illuminance Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Degree of Protection IEC 60529: IP65 and IP67, JIS C 0920 Annex 1: IP67G (IEC 60529) Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes (IEC 61496-1) Shock Resistance 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes (IEC 61496-1) Pollution Degree Pollution Degree 3 (IEC 60664-1) F3SG-RA-02TS Type of Connection Power cable Cascading cable Connections Number of Wires Cable Length Cable Diameter Minimum Bending Radius Type of Connection Number of Wires Cable Length Cable Diameter Minimum Bending Radius Type of Connection F39-JD@RA-@ Oil-Resistant cable - Single-Ended Cable Number of Wires Cable Length Cable Diameter Minimum Bending Radius Type of Connection Extension cable Number of Wires - Single-Ended Cable Length Cable (F39-JD@A) Cable Diameter - Double-Ended Cable (F39-JD@B) Minimum Bending Radius Extension of Power Cable Material Material Weight Included Accessories Conformity Conforming standards Performance Level (PL)/Safety category PFHD Proof test interval TM SFF HFT Classification F3SG-4RA-25-02TS M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors. IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) * rated when mated. * F3SG-RA-25-02TS meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with an F39-JD@@RA-@ Oil-Resistant extension cable. Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 0.3 m 6 mm R36 mm M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated. Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 0.3 m 6 mm R5 mm M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors. IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated. * F3SG-RA-25-02TS meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with the power cable. The degree of protection is not satisfied with the part where cable wires are uncovered. Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 Refer to page 122. 6 mm R36 mm M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated. Emitter: 8, Receiver: 8 Refer to page 122 and 123. 6.6 mm R36 mm 100 m max. (Emitter/Receiver) Housing: Aluminum alloy Cap: PBT resin Front window: Acrylic resin Cable: Fluororesin FE plate: Stainless steel Refer to page 128 . Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker, End Cap (for switching External Test Input function) Refer to page 129. PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015) 1.1 x 10-8 (IEC 61508) Every 20 years (IEC 61508) 99% (IEC 61508) 1 (IEC 61508) Type B (IEC 61508-2) Bluetooth Communication Unit * It depends on use environment conditions. Bluetooth Version 3.0 SPP (Serial Port Profile) Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) * F3SG-RA-02TS Communication System Communication Profile Transmission Distance 127 F3SG-RA-02TS List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight Number of Beams ON OFF *2 OFF (Synchronized) ON OFF (Not synchronized) ON Emitter Receiver Net *3 Gross *4 F3SG-4RA0240-25-02TS 12 240 8 40 140 35 75 0.7 1.6 F3SG-4RA0320-25-02TS 16 320 8 40 140 40 75 0.9 1.9 F3SG-4RA0400-25-02TS 20 400 8 40 140 45 75 1.1 2.1 F3SG-4RA0480-25-02TS 24 480 8 40 140 50 75 1.3 2.4 F3SG-4RA0560-25-02TS 28 560 8 40 140 50 75 1.5 2.7 F3SG-4RA0640-25-02TS 32 640 8 40 140 55 75 1.7 3.0 F3SG-4RA0720-25-02TS 36 720 8 40 140 60 80 1.9 3.2 F3SG-4RA0800-25-02TS 40 800 8 40 140 65 80 2.1 3.5 F3SG-4RA0880-25-02TS 44 880 13 65 165 50 80 2.3 3.8 F3SG-4RA0960-25-02TS 48 960 13 65 165 50 80 2.5 4.0 F3SG-4RA1040-25-02TS 52 1040 13 65 165 55 80 2.7 4.3 F3SG-4RA1120-25-02TS 56 1120 13 65 165 55 85 2.9 4.6 F3SG-4RA1200-25-02TS 60 1200 13 65 165 55 85 3.1 4.9 F3SG-4RA1280-25-02TS 64 1280 13 65 165 60 85 3.3 5.1 F3SG-4RA1360-25-02TS 68 1360 13 65 165 60 85 3.5 5.4 F3SG-4RA1440-25-02TS 72 1440 13 65 165 65 85 3.7 5.7 F3SG-4RA1520-25-02TS 76 1520 13 65 165 65 90 3.9 5.9 F3SG-4RA1600-25-02TS 80 1600 13 65 165 70 90 4.1 6.2 F3SG-4RA1680-25-02TS 84 1680 13 65 165 70 90 4.3 6.5 F3SG-4RA1760-25-02TS 88 1760 13 65 165 70 90 4.5 6.7 F3SG-4RA1840-25-02TS 92 1840 13 65 165 75 90 4.7 7.0 F3SG-4RA1920-25-02TS 96 1920 13 65 165 75 95 4.9 7.3 Model *1. *2. *3. *4. 128 Current Consumption [mA] Protective Height [mm] (Overall length) Response Time [ms] *1 Weight [kg] The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. F3SG-RA-02TS Legislation and Standards 1. The F3SG-RA-02TS does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the F3SG-RA-02TS in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system must receive type approval. 2. The F3SG-RA-02TS is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index Annex V, Item 2. 3. EC/EU Declaration of Conformity OMRON declares that the F3SG-RA-02TS is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC/EU Directives: Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC EMC Directive 2014/30/EU 4. Conforming Standards (1) European standards EN61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4) (2) International standards IEC61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4) (3) JIS standards JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 AOPD) (4) North American standards UL61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), UL61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8 5. Third-Party Certifications (1) TUV SUD * EC Type-Examination certificate: EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN 61496-2) * Certificate: Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4) (2) UL * UL Listing: Type 4 and ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8 6. Other Standards The F3SG-RA-02TS is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following standards and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have any questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations in the location where the equipment is to be used. * European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046 * U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212 * U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217 * American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19 * American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06 * Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434 * SEMI Standards SEMI S2 * Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement F3SG-RA-02TS 129 F3SG-RA-02TS Indicator Emitter Name of Indicator Test TEST Color Illuminated Green - Blinking External Test is being performed Operating range LONG Green Always illuminated Lockout state due to Scan code setting error Power POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise Lockout LOCKOUT - Red Lockout state due to error in emitter Receiver Name of Indicator Color Top-beam-state TOP Blue PNP/NPN mode NPN Green Illuminated - Always illuminated Configuration CFG Green - External device monitoring EDM Green EDM input is in ON state * Internal error INTERNAL Red Lockout LOCKOUT Red Stable-state STB Green ON/OFF ON/OFF Communication COM Green Bottom-beam state BTM Blue Blinking Lockout state due to Cap error or Other sensor error The top beam is unblocked Lockout state due to Parameter error or Cascading Configuration error Lockout state due to EDM error Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise - - Lockout state due to error in receiver Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to ambient light or vibration - Green Safety output is in ON state Red Safety output is in OFF state Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise Synchronization between emitter and receiver is maintained Lockout state due to Communication error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise The bottom beam is unblocked Lockout state due to Scan code setting error Note: TOP, CFG, LOCKOUT, STB and ON/OFF indicators are illuminated when the receiver of the F3SG-RA-02TS is in Setting mode. * The EDM indicator is illuminated when the EDM input is in the ON state regardless of the use of the EDM function. Interface Unit Main Unit PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows) Operating System (OS) Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit) Communication Port USB port x1 Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55C, Storage: -30 to 70C (non-icing and non-condensing) Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing) Lamp Item F39-LP Applicable Sensor F3SG-@RA Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver) LED Light Color Red/Green/Orange Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensor's power supply) Current Consumption 25 mA max. (shares sensor's power supply.) Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55C, Storage: -25 to 70C Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes Shock Resistance 100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Degree of Protection IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG) Type of Connection Connectable to F3SG-RA's terminal connector Material Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT Weight 45 g (when packaged) 130 F3SG-RA-02TS Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram) Standalone F3SG-RA-02TS EDM used and External Test in 24V Active not used The following is the example of External Device Monitoring used and External Test in 24 V Active not used. Settings Function Receiver EDM Emitter External Test: 24 V Active (End Cap: Black) (factory default setting) Emitter Receiver Wiring Example F39-JD@@A-L *4 F39-JD@@A-D *4 KM2 PC COM (-) (Pink) PC COM (+) (Gray) AUX (Yellow) OSSD 2 (White) OSSD 1 (Black) EDM (Red) *2 +24 VDC (Brown) 0 VDC (Blue) Not used (Yellow) *3 Not used (White) *3 Not used (Red) *3 Not used (Pink) Not used (Gray) TEST (Black) *1 +24 VDC (Brown) 0 VDC (Blue) KM1 M KM1 KM2 +24 VDC Power Supply 0 VDC KM1 KM2 Functional Earth Beam state Unblocked Blocked OSSD KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA) M: Motor *1.Connect the line to 24 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is used. *2.Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact) to this line in series with the KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used. *3.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) does not have the red, white and yellow wires. *4.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V. F3SG-RA-02TS Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA-02TS in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA-02TS in an environment where there may be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA-02TS be connected to functional earth. The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-RA-02TS Series User's Manual for more information. 131 F3SG-RA-02TS Connectable Safety Control Units The F3SG-RA-02TS can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below. Connectable Safety Control Units Safety Relay Units G9SA-301 G9SA-321-T@ G9SA-501 G9SB-200-B G9SB-200-D G9SB-301-B G9SB-301-D G9SE-201 G9SE-401 G9SE-221-T@ 132 Flexible Safety Units G9SX-AD322-T G9SX-ADA222-T G9SX-BC202 G9SX-GS226-T15 Safety Controllers G9SP-N10S G9SP-N10D G9SP-N20S NE0A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU01 NE1A-SCPU02 DST1-ID12SL-1 DST1-MD16SL-1 DST1-MRD08SL-1 NX-SIH400 NX-SID800 F3SP-T01 F3SG-RA-02TS Input/Output Circuit Entire Circuit Diagram The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA-02TS is shown below. The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers. White Not used Indicator +24 VDC Brown Test Input Circuit Emitter Main Circuit Black TEST Yellow Not used Gray Not used Pink Not used Blue Red Not used Brown EDM circuit Red EDM Pink PC COM (-) * Gray PC COM (+) * Receiver Main Circuit 2 White OSSD 2 Load Black OSSD 1 Receiver Main Circuit 1 Load AUX Load Blue * This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit. 0 VDC F3SG-RA-02TS Yellow Indicator 133 F3SG-RA-02TS Input Circuit Diagram by Function The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below. Test Input <0 V Active> <24 V Active> +24 VDC +24 VDC 5V Emitter Main Circuit 5V Short circuit current: Approx. 2.5 mA 0 VDC EDM +24 VDC Receiver Main Circuit Short circuit current: Approx. 6.5 mA 0 VDC 134 Emitter Main Circuit Short circuit current: Approx. 2.0 mA 0 VDC F3SG-RA-02TS Dimensions (Unit: mm) Mounted with Free-Location Brackets (F39-LGRA) Backside Mounting P 3.95 150 max. 56.5 2-M5 or M6 10 150 max. 73 56.5 2-M4 F D F 6.3 26.3 3.95 C 2-M4 Free-Location Bracket (F39-LGRA) C (Protective height) 56.5 2-M5 or M6 150 max. 31.4 150 max. Free-Location Bracket (F39-LGRA) (10) 46.35 38 50 <Screw: M5 or M6> F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension P 20 Number of Free-Location Brackets *1 Dimension F 0240 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1280 to 1920 3 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length). F3SG-RA-02TS Protective height (C) 135 F3SG-RA-02TS Side Mounting 31.4 38 150 max. Free-Location Bracket (F39-LGRA) 16.3 F D F 6.3 23.5 C 2-M4 Free-Location Bracket (F39-LGRA) C (Protective height) 56.5 2-M5 or M6 150 max. (10) 50 2-M5 or M6 150 max. 56.5 P 10 150 max. 73 56.5 2-M4 46.35 <Screw: M5 or M6> F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C) Number of Free-Location Brackets *1 Dimension F 0240 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max. 1280 to 1920 3 1000 mm max. *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length). 136 F3SG-RA-02TS Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) Backside Mounting 31.4 19 7.5 3 19 9 dia. 2-M8 4-M5 N1 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB) 5.5 (10) 38 Backside:2-M4 H C 56.5 C G 2-M5 or M6 56.5 D 2-M4 C (Protective height) G I H 2-M5 or M6 73 56.5 26.3 3.95 F F Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) F 12 3.95 6.3 3.95 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB) 46.35 19 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5> <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M8> 50 2-M4 F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+27.2+N1+N2 Dimension H C+38+N1+N2 Dimension I C+58+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 0 to 13 Dimension P Protective height (C) F3SG-RA-02TS Dimension C 20 Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * Dimension F 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 137 F3SG-RA-02TS Side Mounting 50 38 19.35 31.4 9 dia. 19 3 19 2-M8 (10) 4-M5 N1 5.5 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB) Backside:2-M4 4.15 6.3 4.15 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB) 19 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5> 46.35 2-M4 F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+27.2+N1+N2 Dimension H C+38+N1+N2 Dimension I C+58+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 0 to 13 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C) Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. Dimension F * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 138 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M8> H C C G 2-M5 or M6 56.5 D 2-M4 C (Protective height) I H G 56.5 2-M5 or M6 56.5 16.3 4.15 73 F F F 31.4 F3SG-RA-02TS Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-2) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 3 32 20 5.5 9 dia. 2-M8 20 23.5 24.5 Backside Mounting 4-M5 2-M6 6.5 (10) 38 N1 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-2) Backside:2-M4 12 6.3 2-M4 3.95 I G C C H 2-M5 or M6 56.5 C(Protective height) D G I H J 73 56.5 2-M5 or M6 56.5 26.3 3.95 F F F 31.4 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 3.95 P 46.35 10 N2 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-2) 20 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5> <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M6 or M8> 50 2-M4 F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+51+N1+N2 Dimension H C+54+N1+N2 Dimension I C+88+N1+N2 Dimension J C+106+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 0 to 13 Dimension P Protective height (C) F3SG-RA-02TS Dimension C 20 Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * Dimension F 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 139 F3SG-RA-02TS Side Mounting 50 38 19.35 32 3 20 9 dia. 2-M8 20 4-M5 2-M6 5.5 Backside:2-M4 31.4 F F F Top/Bottom Bracket F39-LGRTB-2 N1 24.5 23.5 (10) 6.5 I G 4.15 6.3 4.15 C H C 56.5 D C(Protective height) I J H G 2-M4 56.5 2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6 56.5 73 16.3 4.15 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-2) 20 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5> 46.35 2-M4 F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+51+N1+N2 Dimension H C+54+N1+N2 Dimension I C+88+N1+N2 Dimension J C+106+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 0 to 13 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C) Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. Dimension F * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 140 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M6 or M8> F3SG-RA-02TS Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-3) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) Backside Mounting 4 8.2 6.5 35 26.5 23.2 2-M8 2-M5 or M6 (10) 38 N1 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3) Backside:2-M4 H C 3.95 6.3 3.95 56.5 C G 2-M5 or M6 56.5 D 2-M4 C (Protective height) G I H 2-M5 or M6 73 56.5 26.3 3.95 F F F 31.4 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 46.35 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3) 19 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5 or M6> <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M8> 50 2-M4 F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+39.5+N1+N2 Dimension H C+65+N1+N2 Dimension I C+84+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 0 to 13 Dimension P Protective height (C) 20 Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * F3SG-RA-02TS Dimension C Dimension F 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 141 F3SG-RA-02TS Side Mounting 50 38 19.35 35 8.2 6.5 26.5 4 23.2 2-M8 (10) 2-M5 or M6 N1 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3) Backside:2-M4 F H 4.15 6.3 4.15 C G 2-M5 or M6 C 56.5 D I H G 2-M4 C (Protective height) 2-M5 or M6 56.5 73 16.3 4.15 56.5 F F 31.4 Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA) 10 N2 P Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3) <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M5 or M6> 46.95 2-M4 F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height) Dimension D C-20 Dimension G C+39.5+N1+N2 Dimension H C+65+N1+N2 Dimension I C+84+N1+N2 Dimension N1 0 to 30 Dimension N2 0 to 13 Dimension P 20 Protective height (C) Number of Top/ Bottom Brackets * Number of Intermediate Brackets * 0240 to 1040 2 0 - 1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max. Dimension F * The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. 142 <Screw for Top/Bottom Bracket: M8> F3SG-RA-02TS Accessories Sensor Mounting Brackets Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB, sold separately) 15.3 12 9 4.8 24 10.8 15 30 26.7 Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 109 2-M4 6.3 13 56.5 73 29 5.5 26.3 43.7 2-M4 18 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) 9 Free-Location Bracket / Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA, sold separately) 6.3 13 3 46.65 7.5 9 dia. 19 31.4 10 15.4 26.5 38.5 12 Top/Bottom Bracket (3) Material: Zinc alloy 56.5 2-M4 Material: Stainless steel 15 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 18 15 18 24 10.8 Top/Bottom Bracket (2) 2-M4 Top/Bottom Bracket (5) 6.5 8.2 26 27.5 Top/Bottom Bracket (4) 4 46.65 5.5 6.5 9 3 9 dia. 23.2 26.5 48.25 9.5 22.25 42 53 24.5 23.5 133 122 2-M4 9 Top/Bottom Bracket (1) 30 10.8 15.3 12 9 4.8 24 30 15.3 12 9 4.8 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-3, sold separately) 9 Top/Bottom Bracket (F39-LGRTB-2, sold separately) 2-M4 2-M4 Material: Stainless steel Material: Stainless steel F3SG-RA-02TS 20 143 F3SG-RA-02TS Safety light curtain connecting cable Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-L, sold separately) L 14.9 dia. 40.7 M12 oil-resistant connector Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 5-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm) Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-D, sold separately) L 14.9 dia. 40.7 M12 oil-resistant connector Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 8-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm) Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JD3RA-L F39-JD3RA-D 3 F39-JD7RA-L F39-JD7RA-D 7 Receiver cable (Black) L (m) Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately) L 15 39.5 M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm) Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately) L 15 39.5 M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm) Emitter cable (Gray) F39-JD3A-L F39-JD3A-D F39-JD7A-L F39-JD7A-D 7 F39-JD10A-L F39-JD10A-D 10 F39-JD15A-L F39-JD15A-D 15 F39-JD20A-L F39-JD20A-D 20 Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately) 39.5 L 43 15 dia. 15 dia. M12 Body color: Black M12 IP67 connector 144 Body color: Black M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) / Insulator diameter: 1.15mm) 3 F3SG-RA-02TS Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately) 39.5 L 43 15 dia. 15 dia. M12 Body color: Black Body color: Black M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) / Insulator diameter: 1.15mm) M12 IP67 connector Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JDR5B-L F39-JDR5B-D F39-JD1B-L F39-JD1B-D 1 F39-JD3B-L F39-JD3B-D 3 F39-JD5B-L F39-JD5B-D 5 F39-JD7B-L F39-JD7B-D 7 F39-JD10B-L F39-JD10B-D 10 F39-JD15B-L F39-JD15B-D 15 F39-JD20B-L F39-JD20B-D 20 0.5 Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5, sold separately) (52) 13.6 24.7 13.6 8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2) 12 4.5 dia. 10 32.1 17.7 18 24.2 Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately) 200 23.4 40.7 M12 IP67 connector 10 Connector F3SG-RA-02TS 14.9 dia. 6 dia. M2.5 screw Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2 (AWG26) / Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm) 24.2 Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately) 200 23.4 40.7 M12 IP67 connector Connector 14.9 dia. 10 6 dia. M2.5 screw Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2 (AWG26) / Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm) Set model name Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JGR2WTS F39-JGR2WTS-L F39-JGR2WTS-D 0.2 145 F3SG-RA-02TS Interface Unit (F39-GIF-1, sold separately) (625.7) (46) 67.9 (11.8) (12) (16) 35.8 Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia. Standard length: 0.5 m 13.6 (52) 24.7 13.6 8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2) 12 4.5 dia. 10 32.1 17.7 18 58 2,000 4.6 dia. 7.7 17.5 dia. 14.5 11 Bluetooth Communication Unit (F39-BT, sold separately) Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit (F39-BTLP, sold separately) Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately) 35 31.4 31.4 38 35 30 38 28 16.5 30 1.8 1.8 Material: PC (Lighting element) PBT (Other body parts) Material: PBT Related Manuals ManNo. Z391 146 Model F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS Manual name Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS Series User's Manual Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Integrated muting sensor based on multi-beam photoelectric sensor * A muting system can be configured easily in combination with the safety light curtain. * Muting functions can be stably performed even when workpieces with holes pass. System Configuration F3SG-RA Emitter F3W-MA Emitter (Primary) F39-GCN4-L M12 connectors for emitter F39-JG@B-L Double-Ended Cable or F39-JG@A-L Single-Ended Cable F3SG-RA Receiver F3W-MA Emitter (Secondary) F3W-MA Receiver (Primary) F3W-MA Receiver (Secondary) F39-GCN4-D M12 connectors for receiver F39-JG@B-D Double-Ended Cable or F39-JG@A-D Single-Ended Cable F3W-MA 147 F3W-MA Ordering Information Smart Muting Actuator Beam Gap between Muting Trigger Beams Appearance output Number of Beams Model 8 F3W-MA0100P 20 F3W-MA0300P 100 mm PNP output 300 mm Note: Use with the PNP output model safety light curtain. Accessories (Sold separately) Single-Ended Cable * Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Model F39-JG3A-L 3m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable M12 connector (5-pin), 5 wires Color: Gray 7m 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 10 m 5 4 3 15 m +24 VDC CFG In 0 VDC COM+ COM- F39-JG7A-L Brown Black Blue White Yellow F39-JG10A-L F39-JG15A-L Female F39-JG20A-L 20 m 3m For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), 8 wires Color: Black F39-JG3A-D Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7m 2 1 7 10 m 3 8 6 5 15 m 4 Female 20 m Mute Enable / CFG In / Reset +24 VDC COM+ COMMuting Output A Muting Output B 0 VDC CFG Out Yellow Brown Gray Pink Black White Blue Red F39-JG7A-D F39-JG10A-D F39-JG15A-D F39-JG20A-D * A set of two Single-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available. Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@A) Double-Ended Cable * Appearance Type Cable length Specifications Model F39-JGR5B-L 0.5 m 1m M12 connector (5-pin) on both ends Color: Gray 3m 5m 7m 10 m Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 1 2 5 4 3 Female 1 3 2 4 5 Brown Blue Black White Yellow Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable 1 3 2 4 5 Brown Blue Black White Yellow 2 1 5 3 4 F39-JG5B-L F39-JG7B-L F39-JG10B-L Male F39-JG15B-L 20 m F39-JG20B-L 1m F39-JGR5B-D Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable 3m 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 2 1 7 3 8 6 4 5 Female 2 7 5 6 1 8 3 4 Brown Blue Black White Yellow Red Gray Pink Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or Double-Ended Cable 2 7 5 6 1 8 3 4 20 m * A set of two Double-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available. Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@B) 148 F39-JG3B-L 15 m 0.5 m M12 connector (8-pin) on both ends Color: Black F39-JG1B-L Brown Blue Black White Yellow Red Gray Pink F39-JG1B-D F39-JG3B-D 1 2 3 8 4 7 6 5 Male F39-JG5B-D F39-JG7B-D F39-JG10B-D F39-JG15B-D F39-JG20B-D F3W-MA 4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector Used for reduced wiring for connecting F3W-MA with F3SG-RA. Appearance Type Specifications Model F3SG-RA Emitter For emitter M12 connectors. Used for reduced wiring. F3W-MA Emitter (Primary) F3W-MA Emitter (Secondary) F39-GCN4-L 4-Joint Plug/ Socket Connector F39-GCN4-L Single-Ended Cable F39-JG@A-L (Gray) F3SG-RA Receiver For receiver (PNP output) M12 connectors. Used for reduced wiring. F3W-MA Receiver (Primary) F3W-MA Receiver (Secondary) F39-GCN4-D 4-Joint Plug/ Socket Connector F39-GCN4-D Single-Ended Cable F39-JG@A-D (Black) Includes one each of F39-GCN4-L and F39-GCN4-D Water-resistive Cover for 4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector - One water-resistive cover for an F39-GCN4-L/-D 4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector. You can use this when the MA2 connector part is not used. XS5Z-11 Material: PBT. IP67 rated when attached. Smartclick mechanism. One dust cover for an F39-GCN4-L/-D 4-Joint Plug/ Socket Connector. You can use this when the MA2 connector part is not used. Dust Cover for 4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector F39-GCN4 XS2Z-14 Material: Rubber/black. This cover does not ensure IP67 degree of protection. XS2Z-14: Attach to a pin block inside the M12 female screw. XS2Z-15: Attach to a M12 female screw. When attaching the cover to the connector, press the cover onto the connector until the connector is fully inserted into the cover. XS2Z-15 F3W-MA 149 F3W-MA Sensor Mounting Brackets Appearance Specification Application Remarks Model Standard Fixed Bracket Bracket to mount the F3W-MA. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. Two brackets per set F39-LGF Standard Adjustable Bracket Bracket to mount the F3W-MA. Beam alignment after mounting possible.The angle adjustment range is 15. Side mounting and backside mounting possible. Two brackets per set F39-LGA F3W-MA Bracket Bracket to fix the F3W-MA to the F3SGRA. F39-LGMAL: L-shaped configuration F39-LGMAT: T-shaped configuration Beam alignment after mounting possible. Two brackets per set When using the F3W-MA Bracket, it is necessary to add an extra Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) to the F3SG-RA. * Please also purchase Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA). F39-LGMAL F39-LGMAT Note: When mounting an F3W-MA0300P in the L-shaped configuration, the shock resistance becomes as follows. Shock resistance: 50 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes For mounting an F3W-MA0300P under a shock environment exceeding this, the F3W-MA Bracket cannot be used. Use a Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA). * When using F39-LGMA@, there are some restrictions on the brackets to mount the F3SG-RA. This bracket is not usable together with F39-LGF. When using together with the F39-LGA, the protective height of the F3SG-RA must be 270 mm or longer. When using together with F39-LGTB, the protective height of the F3SG-RA must be 400 mm or longer. An extra F39-LGA is required for reinforcement, depending on the mounting position of the F39-LGMA@. Refer to "Dimensions" on page 159 for details. 150 F3W-MA Ratings/Specifications F3W-MA0100P Performance Beam Gap between Muting Trigger Beams Number of Beams Standard Detection Object Long Operating Range Short Operation Response Time Reset Effective Aperture Angle Light Source Startup Waiting Time Power Supply Voltage (Vs) Emitter Current Consumption Receiver F3W-MA0300P 100 mm 300 mm 8 20 30 mm 0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.) 0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.) 13 ms max. 26 ms max. (Synchronized) 78 ms max. (Not synchronized) 2.5 max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm 2 s max. SELV/PELV 24 VDC20% (ripple p-p 10% max.) 35 mA 45 mA 75 mA 75 mA Two PNP transistor outputs. * Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable extension)j Muting Outputs * This product is a PNP output model. Use with the PNP output model safety light curtain. Electrical Output Operation Mode Input Voltage Muting Output A Dark-ON (Muting Output A is enabled when MuteA trigger beam is blocked.) Muting Output B Dark-ON (Muting Output B is enabled when MuteB trigger beam is blocked.) ON Voltage [MuteEnable] Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 5 mA max.) * OFF Voltage [Mute Enable] 0 to 1/2 Vs, or open * * The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment. Indicators Protective Circuit Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength Functional Ambient Humidity Environmental Connections Material 20 M or higher (500 VDC megger) 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min) - Scan Code Selection - Operation Mode Selection (Point to Point Detection/ Chattering and Void Space Prevention) - Off-Delay - Muting Enable - Muting Trigger Beam Allocation - Operating Range Selection Functions Ambient Temperature Refer to page 152. LED Indicator Status Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection Operating Storage Operating Storage -10 to 55C (13 to 131F) (non-icing) -25 to 70C (-13 to 158F) 35% to 85% (non-condensing) 35% to 95% Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface Degree of Protection (IEC 60529) Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1) Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1) Type of Connection Number of Wires Cable Length Power Cable Cable Diameter Minimum Bending Radius IP65 and IP67 Extension of Power Cable 100 m max. Note: For T-Shaped configuration with COM lines, the length of cable extension is 30m max. 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes Pollution Degree 3 M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter, 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated, Cables prewired to sensors Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8 0.3 mm 6 mm R5 mm Housing: Aluminum alloy, Cap: PBT resin, Front window: Acrylic resin, Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin, FE plate: Stainless steel 0.9 kg 2.2 kg F3W-MA 0.7 kg Net Weight *1 1.3 kg Gross Weight *2 Instruction Sheet Included Accessories *1. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver. *2. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package. 151 F3W-MA LED Indicator Status Shown below are indication statuses of F3W-MA LED indicators when you purchased. Emitter Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking Operating range LONG Green Long Range mode is selected by DIP Switch. - Running RUN Green Power is ON. - Error ERR Red - Color Illuminated Error in emitter. Generic error happens. Receiver Name of Indicator Blinking Top-beam-state TOP Blue The top beam is unblocked. - Muting output A MUTE A Green Muting Output A is activated. - Muting output B MUTE B Green Muting Output B is activated. - Off-Delay DELAY Yellow Off-Delay function is enabled by DIP Switch. - Green Chattering and Void Space Prevention mode is selected by DIP Switch. - Red The Muting Enable function is enabled and Muting Enable input is turned OFF by DIP Switch. - Chattering/ Void space CHAT Muting Enable MUTE DISABLE Error ERR Red - Stable-state STB Green Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold Running RUN Green Power is ON. Communication COM Green Bottom-beamstate BTM Blue 152 Synchronization between emitter and receiver is maintained. The bottom beam is unblocked. Error in receiver. Generic error happens. [Primary sensor] - Start-up (for approx. 3 s) - Synchronization between emitter and receiver is lost - F3W-MA Wiring Examples Standard Muting Mode with F3SG-R (T-Shaped Configuration with COM lines) The following is the example of F3W-MA with Scan Code B, Chattering and Void Space Prevention 1, Off-Delay 100 ms and Muting Enable disabled. DIP Switch settings *1 Function DIP-SW1 Scan Code B (factory default setting) 1 ON 1 ON Chattering and Void Space Prevention 1 2 3 ON ON 2 3 ON ON Off-Delay 100 ms 4 5 ON ON 4 5 ON ON Muting Enable Disabled (factory default setting) 6 ON 6 ON Scan Code B (factory default setting) 1 ON Receiver F3W-MA Primary Emitter Receiver Emitter F3W-MA Secondary DIP-SW2 *2 - - No setting required No setting required : Indicates a switch position. *1.Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring. Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information. *2.DIP Switch Bank 2 is not used. F3SG-RA Emitter *1 Wiring example F39-JG@A-L +24 VDC 0 VDC *1. Signal wiring of the F3W-MA is not required. *2. Do not connect CFG In line to +24 VDC line. Otherwise, F3W-MA enters the error state. F3SG-RA Receiver 0 VDC Note: The wiring examples in later pages do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example above. Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information. F3W-MA +24 VDC Power Supply 0 VDC: Blue 24 VDC: Brown CFG Out: Red COM-: Pink CFG In: Yellow F39-JG@A-D Functional Earth Muting output A: Black MUTE A F3W-MA Receiver (Secondary) Muting output B: White Muting output B: White Muting output A: Black COM-: Pink Functional Earth COM+: Gray CFG Out: Red Mute Enable: Yellow 24 VDC: Brown 0 VDC: Blue F39-JG@A-D MUTE B F3W-MA Receiver (Primary) COM+: Gray [Receiver] Power Supply CFG In: Black COM-: Yellow COM+: White Functional Earth COM-: Yellow COM+: White Functional Earth CFG In *2: Black 24 VDC: Brown 0 VDC: Blue F39-JG@A-L F3W-MA Emitter (Secondary) 0 VDC: Blue F3W-MA Emitter (Primary) 24 VDC: Brown [Emitter] 153 F3W-MA Input/Output Circuit The entire circuit diagram of the F3W-MA is shown below. The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers. Indicator 1 +24 VDC Brown Emitter Main Circuit 3 2 Muting Enable input circuit Receiver Main Circuit 2 1 6 Blue Brown Yellow Muting Enable White Muting Output B Load 5 Black Muting Output A Receiver Main Circuit 1 Load Indicator 7 154 Blue 0 VDC F3W-MA Dimensions (Unit: mm) Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA) 50.35 Backside Mounting 48.6 35 35 A C1 2-M5 or M6 24.85 18 P 24.85 150 max 9.2 43 150 max 6.4 72 84 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 72 A D 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 150 max 150 max 2-M5 or M6 < Screw: M5 or M6 > Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P Dimension A 208 448 Dimension C1 190 430 Dimension D 140 380 Dimension P 20 20 Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 2 *2 2 *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). F3W-MA 155 F3W-MA 50.35 Side Mounting 48.6 2-M5 or M6 150 max 150 max 2-M5 or M6 150 max 35 35 9.2 18 43 42.35 150 max P 6.4 72 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) 84 A A C1 D 72 Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) < Screw: M5 or M6 > Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P Dimension A 208 448 Dimension C1 190 430 Dimension D 140 380 Dimension P 20 20 Number of Standard Adjustable Brackets *1 2 *2 2 *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately) 42 45.1 34.5 31.8 9.2 8 32.9 84 6.4 72 156 Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorine-containing F3W-MA Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF) 50.35 Backside Mounting 40 2-M5 or M6 6.4 51 66 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 51 A A C1 D 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 150 max 35 150 max 35 18 P 43 150 max 24.85 24.85 150 max 2-M5 or M6 9.2 < Screw: M5 or M6 > Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P Dimension A 208 448 Dimension C1 190 430 Dimension D 140 380 Dimension P 20 20 Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 2 *2 2 *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). F3W-MA 157 F3W-MA 50.35 Side Mounting 40 150 max 2-M5 or M6 150 max 35 35 6.4 51 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 66 A A C1 D 51 Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF) 18 150 max P 43 42.35 150 max 2-M5 or M6 9.2 < Screw: M5 or M6 > Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P Dimension A 208 448 Dimension C1 190 430 Dimension D 140 380 Dimension P 20 20 Number of Standard Fixed Brackets *1 2 *2 2 *1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver. *2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length). Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF, sold separately) 36 (25.8) (23.1) 8 9.2 32.1 66 6.4 51 158 Material: Zinc alloy F3W-MA Mounted with F3W-MA Bracket (F39-LGMA@) and Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) on F3SG-RA L-shaped configuration T-shaped configuration (dashed line) 48.6 (47.6) (44.9) 35 (63.2) (54.3) 48.6 M3 M2 Muting Trigger Beam 35 94 100 max* 45.4 Muting Trigger Beam Smart Muting Actuator (F3W-MA Series) F3W-MA Bracket (F39-LGMAT) F3W-MA Bracket (F39-LGMAL/T) Smart Muting Actuator (F3W-MA Series) Standard Adjustable Bracket* (F39-LGA) Safety Light Curtain (F3SG-RA Series) Note: When mounting an F3W-MA0300P in the L-shaped configuration, the shock resistance becomes as follows. Shock resistance: 50 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes For mounting an F3W-MA0300P under a shock environment exceeding this, the F3W-MA Bracket cannot be used. Use a Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA). * The distance between the centers of the F3W-MA and the Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) must be 100 mm or less. When the distance is longer than 100 mm, add an extra Standard Adjustable Bracket for reinforcement. Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P Dimension M2 100 300 Dimension M3 104 124 Accessories Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JGA-L, sold separately) L dia.14.9 40.7 Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm) M12 IP67 connector Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JGA-D, sold separately) L dia.14.9 40.7 Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JG3A-L F39-JG3A-D 3 F39-JG7A-L F39-JG7A-D 7 F39-JG10A-L F39-JG10A-D 10 F39-JG15A-L F39-JG15A-D 15 F39-JG20A-L F39-JG20A-D 20 F3W-MA Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire (Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm) M12 IP67 connector 159 F3W-MA Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-L, sold separately) L 44.7 dia.14.9 dia.14.9 40.7 M12 IP67 connector M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire (2-pair + 1) (Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm) Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JG@B-D, sold separately) L 44.7 dia.14.9 dia.14.9 40.7 M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm) M12 IP67 connector Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m) F39-JGR5B-L F39-JGR15B-D F39-JG1B-L F39-JG1B-D 1 F39-JG3B-L F39-JG3B-D 3 F39-JG5B-L F39-JG5B-D 5 F39-JG7B-L F39-JG7B-D 7 F39-JG10B-L F39-JG10B-D 10 F39-JG15B-L F39-JG15B-D 15 F39-JG20B-L F39-JG20B-D 20 0.5 4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Emitter (F39-GCN4-L, sold separately) 58.3 17 13.6 CN 24.4 M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire MA2 28 M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire 2 3 . 5.5 2-dia SLC 28 M12 x 1 5 M12 x 1 28 5 4 M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire 78 3 2 1 4 1 ia.10 2-d MA1 M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire 7 Material: PBT (Main body) 27 4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Receiver (F39-GCN4-D, sold separately) 58.3 17 13.6 CN 28 M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire 3 7 6 8 5 78 M12 x 1 . 5.5 2-dia SLC 2 5 8 4 3 M12 x 1 28 M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire 4 1 6 7 28 2 1 24.4 M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire MA2 ia.10 2-d MA1 M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire 7 27 Material: PBT (Main body) Related Manuals Model ManNo. Z355 160 F3W-MA Manual name Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual MEMO 161 MEMO 162 Terms and Conditions Agreement Read and understand this catalog. Please read and understand this catalog before purchasing the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments. Warranties. (a) Exclusive Warranty. Omron's exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron (or such other period expressed in writing by Omron). Omron disclaims all other warranties, express or implied. (b) Limitations. OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ABOUT NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the Products or otherwise of any intellectual property right. (c) Buyer Remedy. Omron's sole obligation hereunder shall be, at Omron's election, to (i) replace (in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof) the non-complying Product, (ii) repair the non-complying Product, or (iii) repay or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase price of the non-complying Product; provided that in no event shall Omron be responsible for warranty, repair, indemnity or any other claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron's analysis confirms that the Products were properly handled, stored, installed and maintained and not subject to contamination, abuse, misuse or inappropriate modification. Return of any Products by Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment. Omron Companies shall not be liable for the suitability or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components, circuits, system assemblies or any other materials or substances or environments. Any advice, recommendations or information given orally or in writing, are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty. See http://www.omron.com/global/ or contact your Omron representative for published information. Limitation on Liability; Etc. OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY. Further, in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted. Suitability of Use. Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes or regulations which apply to the combination of the Product in the Buyer's application or use of the Product. At Buyer's request, Omron will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Product in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product with respect to Buyer's application, product or system. Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases. NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT(S) IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM. Programmable Products. Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user's programming of a programmable Product, or any consequence thereof. Performance Data. Data presented in Omron Company websites, catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of Omron's test conditions, and the user must correlate it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the Omron's Warranty and Limitations of Liability. Change in Specifications. Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons. It is our practice to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the Product may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special part numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application. Please consult with your Omron's representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased Product. Errors and Omissions. Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed for clerical, typographical or proofreading errors or omissions. Note: Do not use this document to operate the Unit. OMRON Corporation Industrial Automation Company Kyoto, JAPAN Authorized Distributor: Contact: www.ia.omron.com Regional Headquarters OMRON EUROPE B.V. Wegalaan 67-69, 2132 JD Hoofddorp The Netherlands Tel: (31)2356-81-300/Fax: (31)2356-81-388 OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC 2895 Greenspoint Parkway, Suite 200 Hoffman Estates, IL 60169 U.S.A. Tel: (1) 847-843-7900/Fax: (1) 847-843-7787 OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD. No. 438A Alexandra Road # 05-05/08 (Lobby 2), Alexandra Technopark, Singapore 119967 Tel: (65) 6835-3011/Fax: (65) 6835-2711 OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD. Room 2211, Bank of China Tower, 200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road, PuDong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China Tel: (86) 21-5037-2222/Fax: (86) 21-5037-2200 (c) OMRON Corporation 2014-2018 All Rights Reserved. In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. CSM_12_4_1018 Cat. No. F094-E1-10 0118(1214)